Upload
zhengrong
View
212
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
Accepted Manuscript
Finite-time L 1 control for positive switched linear systems with time-varying
delay
Mei Xiang Zhengrong Xiang
PII S1007-5704(13)00158-5
DOI httpdxdoiorg101016jcnsns201304014
Reference CNSNS 2774
To appear in Communications in Nonlinear Science and Numer‐
ical Simulation
Received Date 27 September 2012
Revised Date 13 April 2013
Accepted Date 14 April 2013
Please cite this article as Xiang M Xiang Z Finite-time L 1 control for positive switched linear systems with
time-varying delay Communications in Nonlinear Science and Numerical Simulation (2013) doi httpdxdoiorg
101016jcnsns201304014
This is a PDF file of an unedited manuscript that has been accepted for publication As a service to our customers
we are providing this early version of the manuscript The manuscript will undergo copyediting typesetting and
review of the resulting proof before it is published in its final form Please note that during the production process
errors may be discovered which could affect the content and all legal disclaimers that apply to the journal pertain
1
Finite-time L1 control for positive switched linear
systems with time-varying delay
Mei Xiang Zhengrong Xiang
School of Automation Nanjing University of Science and Technology
Nanjing 210094 Peoplersquos Republic of China
corresponding author e-mail xiangzrmailnjusteducn
Tel 0086-13951012297 Fax 0086-25-84313809
Abstract This paper is concerned with the problem of finite-time L1 control for a class of
positive switched linear systems with time-varying delay Firstly by using the average dwell time
approach sufficient conditions which can guarantee the L1 finite-time boundedness of the
underlying system are given Then in virtue of the results obtained a state feedback controller is
designed to ensure that the resulting closed-loop system is finite-time bounded with L1-gain
performance All the obtained results are formulated in terms of linear matrix inequalities (LMIs)
which can be solved conveniently Finally an example is given to illustrate the efficiency of the
proposed method
Keywords positive systems switched systems time-varying delay finite-time boundedness
L1-gain performance average dwell time
1 Introduction
2
Positive systems are dynamic systems with state variables and outputs constrained to be
positive (or at least nonnegative) at all times whenever the initial condition and input are
nonnegative The applications of such systems can be found in various areas for instance
biomedicine [1-2] ecology [3] industrial engineering [4] TCP-like Internet congestion control
[5-6] and so on Recently positive switched systems which consist of a family of positive
subsystems and a switching signal governing the switching among them have also been
highlighted by many researchers due to their broad applications in communication systems [7]
formation flying [8] and systems theory [9-13]
Time delays arise quite naturally in many dynamical systems and are frequently a source of
instability and poor performance Therefore considerable attention has been devoted to the study
of different issues related to time-delay systems and many results on these systems have been
presented in the literature [14-23] and the references therein
The stability problem has been a subject of considerable research and a major concern in the
area of positive switched systems [22-27] And up to now most of the existing literature related to
the stability of positive switched systems focuses on Lyapunov stability which is defined over an
infinite time interval However in practice one not only is interested in system stability (usually
in the sense of Lyapunov) but also concerns a bound of state trajectory over a fixed short time
[28] The finite-time stability is a different stability concept which admits that the state does not
exceed a certain bound during a fixed finite-time interval Some early results on finite-time
stability and stabilization can be found in [29-31] It should be pointed out that a finite-time stable
system may not be Lyapunov stable and a Lyapunov stable system may not be finite-time stable
since the transient of a system response may exceed the bound [33] Recently finite-time control
3
for switched linear systems with and without delays has been investigated in [32-36] For positive
switched linear systems the definition of finite-time stability has been given in [37] However to
the best of our knowledge there are no results available on finite-time stability and finite-time
boundedness of positive switched systems with time-varying delay which motivates our present
study
In this paper we are interested in investigating the problem of finite-time L1 control for a class
of positive switched linear systems with time-varying delay Compared with the existing works
the main contribution of this paper is threefold 1) Definitions of finite-time boundedness and 1L
finite-time boundedness are for the first time extended to positive switched linear systems with
time-varying delay 2) Sufficient conditions for the existence of 1L finite-time boundedness of
the underlying system are given 3) A state feedback controller is designed to guarantee that the
closed-loop system is 1L finite-time bounded
The paper is organized as follows In Section 2 problem statements and necessary lemmas are
given 1L finite-time boundedness analysis and controller design are developed in Section 3 A
numerical example is provided in Section 4 Finally Section 5 concludes this paper
Notations In this paper 0( 0)A means that all entries of matrix A are non-negative
(non-positive) 0( 0)A means that all entries of A are positive (negative) ( )A B A B
means that 0( 0)A B A B TA is the transpose of a matrix A R
is the set of all
positive real numbers nR
is the n-dimensional non-negative (positive) vector space nR is the
set of real vectors of n -dimension n kR
is the set of all real matrices of ( )n k -dimension
The notation 1
n
k
k
x x
where kx is the k th element of nx R
2 Problem Statements and Preliminaries
4
Consider the following positive switched linear systems with time-varying delay
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ( )) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) [ 0]
t d t t t
t t t
x t A x t A x t d t G u t B w t
z t C x t D u t E w t
x
(1)
where ( ) nx t R ( ) mu t R and ( ) zz t R
denote the state control input and controlled
output respectively ( ) lw t R is the
disturbance input satisfying
0( ) 0
fT
w t dt d d (2)
( ) [0 )t 12 M M is the switching signal with M being the number of
subsystems pΑ dpΑ pG pB pC pD
and pE p M are constant matrices with
appropriate dimensions ( ) is the initial condition on [ 0]
0 0 0t is the initial
time and qt denotes the q th switching instant )(td
denotes the time-varying delay satisfying
)(0 td htd )( where and h are positive scalars
Next we will give the positive definition for the following switched system
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ( )) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) 0
t d t t
t t
x t A x t A x t d t B w t
z t C x t E w t
x
(3)
Definition 1 System (3) is said to be positive if for any initial conditions ( ) 0 0
( ) 0w t and any switching signals ( )t the corresponding trajectory 0)( tx
and 0)( tz
hold for all 0t
Definition 2 [38] A is called a Metzler matrix if the off-diagonal entries of the matrix A are
non-negative
The following lemma can be obtained from Lemma 3 in [39] and Proposition 1 in [22]
Lemma 1 System (3) is positive if and only if pA p M are Metzler matrices and
0 0 0 0dp p p pA B C E p M
5
Definition 3 [40] For any switching signals ( )t and any 012 TT let ( ) 1 2( )tN T T
denotes the number of switching of ( )t over the interval 1 2[ )T T For given 0aT and
0 0N if the inequality
2 1( ) 1 2 0( )t
a
T TN T T N
T
holds then the positive constant aT is called an average dwell time and 0N is called a
chattering bound As commonly used in the literature we choose 0 0N in this paper
Now we are in a position to give the definitions of finite-time stability finite-time boundedness
and finite-time 1L boundedness for the positive switched system (3)
Definition 4 (Finite-time stability) For a given time constant fT and two vectors 0
switched system (3) with ( ) 0w t is said to be finite-time stable with respect to
( ( ))fT t if 1)(sup0
txT ( ) 1Tx t [0 ]ft T If the above condition is
satisfied for any switching signals ( )t system (3) is said to be uniformly finite-time stable with
respect to ( )fT
Remark 1 As can be seen from Definition 4 the concept of finite-time stability is different from
the one of Lyapunov asymptotic stability A Lyapunov asymptotically stable switched system may
not be finite-time stable because its states may exceed the prescribed bounds during the interval
time
Definition 5 (Finite-time boundedness) For a given time constant fT and two vectors
0 positive switched system (3) is said to be finite-time bounded with respect to
( ( ))fT d t where ( )w t satisfies (2) if 1)(sup0
txT ( ) 1Tx t
[0 ]ft T
Definition 6 (Finite-time 1L boundedness) For a given time constant fT positive switched
6
system (3) is said to be 1L finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t if the
following conditions are satisfied
1) Positive switched system (3) is finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t
2) Under zero-initial condition ( ) 0 0 the output ( )z t satisfies
0 0( ) ( )
f fT Tte z t dt w t dt
where 0 0 and ( )w t satisfies (2)
The aim of this paper is to find a class of switching signals ( )t and determine a state
feedback controller ( )( ) ( )tu t K x t for positive switched system (1) such that the
corresponding closed-loop system is 1L finite-time bounded
3 Main Results
31 Finite-time stability and boundedness analysis
This section will focus on the problem of finite-time boundedness for positive switched system
(3)
Theorem 1 Consider system (3) for a given time constant fT and two vectors 0 if
there exist positive vectors pv p and p p M and positive constants p 1 2 3
and 4 such that the following inequalities hold
1 2 1 2 0p p p pn p p pnΨ diag ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ (4)
1 2 3 4 p p pv (5)
22 3 4 1 fT
e e d e
(6)
where
prprprpp
T
prpr vva prp
T
dprpr hva )1(
m a x pp M
12 r n n
7
( )pr dpra a represents the r th column vector of the matrix ( )p dpA A and
1 2 T
p p p pnv v v v 1 2 T
p p p pn 1 2 T
p p p pn
then under the following average dwell time scheme
21 2 3 4
ln
ln lnf
fa a T
T μT T
e e e d
(7)
the system is finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t where
( )max ( )pp l M
12l l p is the th element of the vector 2
Tp pB
and 1μ satisfies
p q p q p qv v μ p q M (8)
Proof Choose the following piecewise co-positive type Lyapunov-Krasovskii functional for
system (3)
( )( ) ( ( )tV t V t x t
(9)
the form of each ( ( )pV t x t ( p M ) is given by
1 2 3( ( )) ( ( )) ( ( )) ( ( ))p p p pV t x t V t x t V t x t V t x t
where
1( ( )) ( ) T
p pV t x t x t v
( )
2( )
( ( )) ( ) pt t s T
p pt d t
V t x t e x s ds
0 ( )
3( ( )) ( ) pt t s T
p pt
V t x t e x s dsd
and n
p p pv R p M
For the sake of simplicity ( ( ))pV t x t is written as ( )pV t in this paper
Along the trajectory of system (3) we have
1( ) ( ) ( ) ( ( )) ( ) T T T T T T Tp p p p dp p p pV t x t v x t A v x t d t A v w t B v (10)
8
( ) ( )
2( )
( )
( )
( ) ( ) ( ) (1 ( )) ( ( ))
( ) ( ) (1 ) ( ( ))
p p
p
t t s d tT T Tp p p p p
t d t
t t s T T Tp p p p
t d t
V t e x s ds x t d t e x t d t
e x s ds x t h x t d t
(11)
0 0( )
3-
0 ( )
- ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
p p
p
t t s T T Tp p p p p
t
t tt s T T Tp p p p
t t d t
V t e x s dsd x t e x t d
e x s dsd x t x s ds
(12)
Combining (10)-(12) leads to
( ) ( ) ( )( )
( ( ))( (1 ) )
( )
T Tp p p p p p p p p
T Tdp p p
T Tp p
V t V t x t A v v
x t d t A v h
w t B v
(13)
According to (5) and (13) we can easily obtain
2( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) T T T Tp p p p p pV t V t w t B v w t B (14)
Denoting 2T
p pB it follows from (14) that for 1[ )k kt t t
( ) ( )( ) ( )
( ) ( )( ) ( ) ( ) t k tk k
kk
tt t t s T
t t k pt
V t e V t e w s ds
(15)
Let N be the switching number of ( )t over [0 )fT and denote 1 2 Nt t t as the
switching instants over the interval [0 )fT Then for [0 )ft T we obtain from (8) that
( ) ( )
1 2
11
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( )( )
( ) 1 ( )
(0) (0) ( )0
( )
(
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
(0) ( ) ( )
( )
t N tN N
N NN
N
NN N
tt t t s T
t t k tt
tt t t s T
N tt t
t tN t N t s T N t s T
tt
t s T
t
V t e V t e w s ds
e V t e w s ds
e V e w s ds e w s ds
e w s
( )
)
( ) ( )
(0) ( )0
(0) ( )0
(0)
(0) ( )
(0) ( )
(0)
NN
f t
f f
f
t
t
tT N s tN t s T
s
tT TN N T
s
TN
ds
e V e w s ds
e V e w s ds
e V d
(16)
Considering the definition of ( ) ( )tV t it yields that
( ) 1( ) ( ) T
tV t x t (17)
9
2
(0) 2 3 40 0
2
2 3 40
2
2 3 4
(0) (0) sup ( ) sup ( )
sup ( )
T T T
T
V x e x e x
e e x
e e
(18)
Combining (16)-(18) we obtain
ln
( )2
2 3 4
1
1( )
fa
TTTx t e e e d
(19)
Substituting (7) into (19) we have
( ) 1Tx t
According to Definition 5 we can conclude that the positive switched system (3) is finite-time
bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t
The proof is completed
Remark 2 In the proof of Theorem 1 there is no requirement of negative definitiveness on
( ) ( )tV t which is different from the case of classical Lyapunov stability In addition when
1 in (7) one obtains 0aT which means that the switching signal can be arbitrary
When the exogenous noise signal ( ) 0w t the result on finite-time stability can be obtained
as follows
Corollary 1 Consider system (3) with ( ) 0w t for a given time constant fT and two vectors
0 if there exist positive vectors pv p and p p M and positive constants p
1 2 3 and 4 such that (4) (5) and the following inequality
22 3 4 1 fT
e e e
(20)
holds then under the following average dwell time scheme
21 2 3 4
ln
ln( ) lnf
f
a a T
TT T
e e e
(21)
the system is finite-time stable with respect to ( ( ))fT t where max pp M
and
10
1μ satisfies (8)
Remark 3 The general idea of finite-time stability concerns the boundedness of the state of a
system over a finite interval for given initial conditions The idea of finite-time bondedness on the
other hand concerns the behavior of the state in the presence of both given initial conditions and
external disturbances It is easy to see from Definitions 4 and 5 that finite-time stable can be
regarded as a special case by setting 0d
32 1L performance analysis
In this section we will consider the problem of 1L finite-time boundedness of positive
switched system (3)
Theorem 2 Consider system (3) for a given time constant fT and two vectors 0 if
there exist positive vectors pv p and p p M and positive constants p 1 2
3 and 4 such that (5) and the following inequalities hold
1 2 1 2 1 2 0p p p pn p p pn p p pnΨ diag ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ (22)
2 Tprb (23)
22 3 4 1 fT
e e d e
(24)
where
T
pr pr p p pr pr pr pra v v c (1 )T
pr dpr p pra v h
m a x pp M
T
pr pr p prb v e 12 r n n
pr dpr pr pr pra a b c e represents the r th column vector of the matrix p dp p p pA A B C E
and 1 2 T
p p p pnv v v v 1 2
T
p p p pn 1 2 T
p p p pn
then under the following average dwell time scheme
11
21 2 3 4
ln lnmax
ln lnf
fa a T
T μT T
e e e d
(25)
the system is 1L finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t where 1μ
satisfies (8)
Proof (4) can be directly derived from (22) Setting in Theorem 1 we can obtain from
(5) (24) and (25) that system (3) is finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t
Choosing the piecewise co-positive type Lyapunov-Krasovskii functional (9) and following the
proof line of Theorem 1 we can get from the condition (22) that
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 0p p pV t V t z t w t (26)
Let ( ) ( ) ( )w s z s s then for 1[ )k kt t t (26) gives rise to
( ) ( )( ) ( )
( ) ( )( ) ( ) ( ) t k tk k
kk
tt t t s
t t kt
V t e V t e s ds
(27)
Following the proof line of (16) for any [0 )ft T we can obtain
( ) ( )(0 ) ( )( )
( ) (0)0
( ) (0) ( ) t ttN t N s tt t s
tV t e V e s ds
Under the zero initial condition we have
( ) ( )( ) ( )( ) ( )
0 0( ) ( ) t t
t tN s t N s tt s t se z s ds e w s ds (28)
Multiplying both sides of (28) by ( ) (0 )tN t
leads to
( ) ( )(0 ) (0 )( ) ( )
0 0( ) ( ) t t
t tN s N st s t se z s ds e w s ds
Noting that ( ) (0 )t
a
sN s
T and
lnaT
we have
( ) ( )
0 0( ) ( )
t tt s s t se e z s ds e w s ds (29)
Let ft T then multiplying both sides of (29) by fT
e
leads to
2
0 0( ) ( )
f fT Tse z s ds w s ds
Setting 2 according to Definition 6 we can conclude that the claim of the theorem is true
12
The proof is completed
33 1L controller design
Consider system (1) under the controller ( )( ) ( )tu t K x t the corresponding closed-loop
system is given by
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ( )) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) [ 0]
t t t d t t
t t t t
x t A G K x t A x t d t B w t
z t C D K x t E w t
x
(30)
By Lemma 1 to guarantee the positivity of system (30) p p pA G K should be Metzler
matrices and 0p p pC D K p M
Theorem 3 Consider system (1) for a given time constant fT and two vectors 0 if
there exist positive vectors pv p and p p M and positive constants p 1 2
3 and 4 such that (5) (23) (24) and the following conditions are satisfied
p p pA G K are Metzler matrices 0p p pC D K (31)
1 2 1 2 1 2 0p p p pn p p pn p p pndiag (32)
where
T
pr pr p pr p pr pr pr pr pra v g v c f
(1 ) T
pr dpr p pra v h max pp M
T
pr pr p prb v e 12 r n n
T Tp p p pg K G v p p pF D K pr dpr pr pr pr pra a b c e f
represents the r th column vector
of matrix p dp p p p pA A B C E F prg represents the r th element of vector pg and
1 2 T
p p p pnv v v v 1 2 T
p p p pn 1 2 T
p p p pn
then under the average dwell time scheme (25) the resulting closed-loop system (30) is 1L
finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t where 1μ satisfies (8)
13
Proof Replacing pA
and pC in (22) with p p pA G K and p p pC D K respectively and
letting T T
p p p pg K G v and p p pF D K we can get (32)
The proof is completed
We are now in a position to present an algorithm for constructing the state feedback controller
gain matrices pK p M
Algorithm
Step 1 Input the matrices pΑ dpΑ pG pB pC pD
and pE
Step 2 By adjusting the parameters p we can obtain the solutions pv p p p pg F
such that (5) (23) (24) and (31) hold
Step 3 By T T
p p p pg K G v we can compute pK and then p p pF D K is obtained If
0p pF F p p pA G K are Metzler matrices and 0p p pC D K then pK are
admissible Otherwise return to Step 2
4 Numerical Example
Consider system (1) with parameters as follows
1 1 1
4 1 2 01 02 02 01
1 3 2 02 01 02 02
1 2 35 01 01 02 02
dA A B
1 1 1 1
03 02
04 01 03 02 02 06 05 03
05 02
G C D E
14
2 2 2
2 2 2 2
5 2 2 02 02 01 02
3 5 2 02 01 01 01
1 2 3 01 02 01 02
02 01
03 01 01 03 02 02 03 02
01 02
dA A B
G C D E
Choosing 10fT 1 03 2 03 01 01h 2 4 25T
10
001d 001 001 001T
and solving the inequalities in Theorem 3 we get
1
94939
151328
160609
v
2
115015
121141
160666
v
1
68860
61238
95759
2
73265
77388
46553
1
54118
47900
46451
2
26719
25244
22634
1
06343
05065
05126
g
2
02851
02590
02357
g
1
06343
05065
05126
F
2
02851
02590
02357
F
By T T
p p p pg K G v 12p we obtain
1
00325 00259 00263
00127 00101 00103K
2
00244 00222 00202
00181 00164 00149K
It is easy to verify that p p p pF F D K p p pA G K
are Metzler matrices and
0p p pC D K
From (8) and (25) we have 21028 and 45679aT Choosing 46aT
simulation results are shown in Figs 1-3 where (0) [012 01 01]Tx ( ) 0x
[ 0) and
05( ) 005 tw t e Fig1 depicts the switching signal The state trajectory of the
closed-loop system with the average dwell time 46aT is shown in Fig2 Fig 3 plots the
15
evolution of ( )Tx t it can be seen that the closed-loop system is 1L finite-time bounded with
respect to ( ( ))fT d t
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 100
1
2
3
Time(s)
Syste
m m
od
e
Fig1 Switching signal
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1001
015
02
025
03
035
04
045
05
Time(s)
Sta
te r
esp
on
se
x1
x2
x3
Fig2 State trajectory of the closed-loop system
16
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 103
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12x 10
-3
Time(s)
xT(t)ε
Fig3 The evolution of ( )Tx t
5 Conclusions
Finite-time boundedness and L1 finite-time boundedness for a class of positive switched linear
systems have been investigated in this paper Some sufficient conditions have been provided for
the finite-time stability of positive switched linear systems and the L1 finite-time boundedness is
also studied Bases on the results obtained the state feedback controllers and a class of switching
signals with the average dwell time are designed to guarantee that the closed-loop system is
finite-time stable with L1-gain performance In our further work we will extend the proposed
method to discrete-time positive switched systems with time-varying delay
Acknowledgment
This work was supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China under Grant No
61273120
References
[1] P D Berk J R Bloomer R B Howe and N I Berlin Constitutional hepatic dysfunction
17
(Gilberts syndrome) Am J Med 49(3) (1970) pp 296-305
[2] E R Carson C Cobelli and L Finkelstein Modeling and identification of metabolic
systems Am J Physiol 240(3) (1981) pp R120-R129
[3] H Caswell Matrix Population Models Construction Analysis and Interpretation
Sunderland MA Sinauer Assoc (2001)
[4] L Caccetta L R Foulds and V G Rumchev A positive linear discrete-time model of
capacity planning and its controllability properties Math Comput Model 40(1-2) (2004)
pp 217-226
[5] R Shorten D Leith J Foy and R Kilduff Analysis and design of AIMD congestion control
algorithms in communication networks Automatica 41(4) (2005) pp 725-730
[6] R Shorten F Wirth and D Leith A positive systems model of TCP-like congestion control
Asymptotic results IEEEACM Trans Netw 14(3) (2006) pp 616-629
[7] R Shorten D Leith J Foy and R Kilduff Towards an analysis and design framework for
congestion control in communication networks in Proc 12th Yale Workshop Adapt Learn
Syst (2003)
[8] A Jadbabaie J Lin and A S Morse Coordination of groups of mobile autonomous agents
using nearest neighbor rules IEEE Trans Autom Control 48(6) (2003) pp 988-1001
[9] T Kaczorek The choice of the forms of Lyapunov functions for a positive 2D Roesser model
Int J Applied Math Comp Sci 17(4) (2007) pp 471-475
[10] L Benvenuti A D Santis and L Farina Positive systems Lecture Notes in Control and
Information Sciences Berlin Germany Springer-Verlag (2003)
[11] T Kaczorek A realization problem for positive continuous-time systems with reduced
18
numbers of delays Int J Applied Math Comp Sci 16(3) (2006) pp 325-331
[12] M Rami F Tadeo A Benzaouia Control of constrained positive discrete systems in Proc
Am Control Conf New York USA (2007) pp 5851-5856
[13] M Rami F Tadeo Positive observation problem for linear discrete positive systems in Proc
45th IEEE Conf Dec Control San Diego USA (2006) pp 4729-4733
[14] H R Karimi H Gao New delay-dependent exponential Hinfin synchronization for uncertain
neural networks with mixed time delays IEEE Trans Syst Man Cybern B Cybern 40(1)
(2010) pp 173-185
[15] X Liu Constrained control of positive systems with delays IEEE Trans Autom Control
54(7) (2009) pp 1596-1600
[16] X Liu W Yu and L Wang Stability analysis of positive systems with bounded time-varying
delays IEEE Trans Circuits Syst II 56(7) (2009) pp 600-604
[17] Z R Xiang and R H Wang Robust control for uncertain switched non-linear systems with
time delay under asynchronous switching IET Control Theory Appl 3(8) (2009) pp
1041-1050
[18] D Du B Jiang and P Shi Robust l2 - linfin filter for uncertain discrete-time switched
time-delay systems Circuits Syst Signal Process 29(5) (2010) pp 925-940
[19] Y W Wang H O Wang J W Xiao and Z H Guan Synchronization of complex
dynamical networks under recoverable attacks Automatica 46(1) (2010) pp 197-203
[20] Y W Wang T Bian J W Xiao and Y Huang Robust synchronization of complex switched
networks with parametric uncertainties and two types of delays Int J Robust Nonlinear
Control 23(2) (2013) pp 190-207
19
[21] M Tang Y W Wang C Wen Improved delay-range-dependent stability criteria for linear
systems with interval time-varying delays IET Control Theory Appl 6(6) (2012) pp
868-873
[22] X Zhao L Zhang and P Shi Stability of a class of switched positive linear time-delay
systems Int J Robust Nonlinear Control 23(5) (2013) pp 578-589
[23] X Liu C Dang Stability analysis of positive switched linear systems with delays IEEE
Trans Autom Control 56(7) (2011) pp 1684-1690
[24] E Fornasini M Valcher Stability and stabilizability of special classes of discrete-time
positive switched systems in Proc Am Control Conf San Francisco USA (2011) pp
2619-2624
[25] L Gurvits R Shorten O Mason On the stability of switched positive liner systems IEEE
Trans Autom Control 52(6) (2007) pp 1009-1103
[26] F Knorn O Mason R Shorten On linear co-positive Lyapunov functions for sets of linear
positive systems Automatica 45(8) (2009) pp 1943-1947
[27] X Liu Stability analysis of switched positive systems a switched linear co-positive
Lyapunov function method IEEE Trans Circuits Syst II 56(5) (2009) pp 414-418
[28] X Lin H Du and S Li Finite-time boundedness and L2-gain analysis for switched delay
systems with norm-bounded disturbance Appl Math Comp 217(12) (2011) pp 5982-
5993
[29] L Weiss and E F Infante Finite-time stability under perturbing forces and on product spaces
IEEE Trans Autom Control 12(1) (1967) pp 54-59
[30] A N Michel and S H Wu Stability of discrete systems over a finite interval of time Int J
20
Control 9(6) (1969) pp 679-693
[31] P Dorato Short time stability in linear time-varying systems in Proc IRE Int Conv Record
New York (1961) pp 83-87
[32] Z Xiang Y Sun M S Mahmoud Robust finite-time Hinfin control for a class of uncertain
switched neutral systems Commun Nonlinear Sci Numer Simulat 17(2012) pp
1766-1778
[33] W Xiang and J Xiao Hinfin finite-time control for switched nonlinear discrete-time systems
with norm-bounded disturbance J Franklin Institute 348(2) (2010) pp 331-352
[34] H Du X Lin and S Li Finite-time stability and stabilization of switched linear systems
Joint 48th IEEE Conf Dec Control and 28th Chinese Control Conf Shanghai (2009) pp
1938-1943
[35] H Liu Y Shen Hinfin finite-time control for switched linear systems with time-varying delay
Intel Control Auto 2(3) (2011) pp 203-213
[36] Y Shen H Liu Finite-time stabilization of switched time-delay system via dynamic output
feedback control Mechanical Engin Tech AISC 125 (2012) pp 523-528
[37] G Chen and Y Yang Finite-time stabilization of switched positive linear systems Int J
Robust Nonlinear Control (2012) DOI 101002rnc2870
[38] L Hetel J Daafouz C Iung Stability analysis for discrete time switched systems with
temporary uncertain switching signal in Proc 46th IEEE Conf Dec Control New Orleans
LA (2007) pp 5623-5628
[39] P Li J Lam and Z Shu Hinfin positive filtering for positive linear discrete-time systems an
augmentation approach IEEE Trans Autom Control 55(10) (2010) pp 2337-2342
21
[40] M S Mahmoud and P Shi Asynchronous Hinfin filtering of discrete-time systems Signal
Process 92(10) (2012) pp 2356-2364
1
Finite-time L1 control for positive switched linear
systems with time-varying delay
Mei XIANG Zhengrong XIANG
School of Automation Nanjing University of Science and Technology
Nanjing 210094 Peoplersquos Republic of China
Corresponding author e-mail xiangzrmailnjusteducn
Highlights
1 Some sufficient conditions for the existence of finite-time boundedness for
positive switched linear systems with time-varying delay are proposed
2 1L performance analysis for positive switched linear systems is investigated
via the average dwell time approach
3 A state memory feedback controller is designed to stabilize the time-delay
positive switched system such that the corresponding closed-loop system is
1L finite-time bounded
1
Finite-time L1 control for positive switched linear
systems with time-varying delay
Mei Xiang Zhengrong Xiang
School of Automation Nanjing University of Science and Technology
Nanjing 210094 Peoplersquos Republic of China
corresponding author e-mail xiangzrmailnjusteducn
Tel 0086-13951012297 Fax 0086-25-84313809
Abstract This paper is concerned with the problem of finite-time L1 control for a class of
positive switched linear systems with time-varying delay Firstly by using the average dwell time
approach sufficient conditions which can guarantee the L1 finite-time boundedness of the
underlying system are given Then in virtue of the results obtained a state feedback controller is
designed to ensure that the resulting closed-loop system is finite-time bounded with L1-gain
performance All the obtained results are formulated in terms of linear matrix inequalities (LMIs)
which can be solved conveniently Finally an example is given to illustrate the efficiency of the
proposed method
Keywords positive systems switched systems time-varying delay finite-time boundedness
L1-gain performance average dwell time
1 Introduction
2
Positive systems are dynamic systems with state variables and outputs constrained to be
positive (or at least nonnegative) at all times whenever the initial condition and input are
nonnegative The applications of such systems can be found in various areas for instance
biomedicine [1-2] ecology [3] industrial engineering [4] TCP-like Internet congestion control
[5-6] and so on Recently positive switched systems which consist of a family of positive
subsystems and a switching signal governing the switching among them have also been
highlighted by many researchers due to their broad applications in communication systems [7]
formation flying [8] and systems theory [9-13]
Time delays arise quite naturally in many dynamical systems and are frequently a source of
instability and poor performance Therefore considerable attention has been devoted to the study
of different issues related to time-delay systems and many results on these systems have been
presented in the literature [14-23] and the references therein
The stability problem has been a subject of considerable research and a major concern in the
area of positive switched systems [22-27] And up to now most of the existing literature related to
the stability of positive switched systems focuses on Lyapunov stability which is defined over an
infinite time interval However in practice one not only is interested in system stability (usually
in the sense of Lyapunov) but also concerns a bound of state trajectory over a fixed short time
[28] The finite-time stability is a different stability concept which admits that the state does not
exceed a certain bound during a fixed finite-time interval Some early results on finite-time
stability and stabilization can be found in [29-31] It should be pointed out that a finite-time stable
system may not be Lyapunov stable and a Lyapunov stable system may not be finite-time stable
since the transient of a system response may exceed the bound [33] Recently finite-time control
3
for switched linear systems with and without delays has been investigated in [32-36] For positive
switched linear systems the definition of finite-time stability has been given in [37] However to
the best of our knowledge there are no results available on finite-time stability and finite-time
boundedness of positive switched systems with time-varying delay which motivates our present
study
In this paper we are interested in investigating the problem of finite-time L1 control for a class
of positive switched linear systems with time-varying delay Compared with the existing works
the main contribution of this paper is threefold 1) Definitions of finite-time boundedness and 1L
finite-time boundedness are for the first time extended to positive switched linear systems with
time-varying delay 2) Sufficient conditions for the existence of 1L finite-time boundedness of
the underlying system are given 3) A state feedback controller is designed to guarantee that the
closed-loop system is 1L finite-time bounded
The paper is organized as follows In Section 2 problem statements and necessary lemmas are
given 1L finite-time boundedness analysis and controller design are developed in Section 3 A
numerical example is provided in Section 4 Finally Section 5 concludes this paper
Notations In this paper 0( 0)A means that all entries of matrix A are non-negative
(non-positive) 0( 0)A means that all entries of A are positive (negative) ( )A B A B
means that 0( 0)A B A B TA is the transpose of a matrix A R
is the set of all
positive real numbers nR
is the n-dimensional non-negative (positive) vector space nR is the
set of real vectors of n -dimension n kR
is the set of all real matrices of ( )n k -dimension
The notation 1
n
k
k
x x
where kx is the k th element of nx R
2 Problem Statements and Preliminaries
4
Consider the following positive switched linear systems with time-varying delay
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ( )) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) [ 0]
t d t t t
t t t
x t A x t A x t d t G u t B w t
z t C x t D u t E w t
x
(1)
where ( ) nx t R ( ) mu t R and ( ) zz t R
denote the state control input and controlled
output respectively ( ) lw t R is the
disturbance input satisfying
0( ) 0
fT
w t dt d d (2)
( ) [0 )t 12 M M is the switching signal with M being the number of
subsystems pΑ dpΑ pG pB pC pD
and pE p M are constant matrices with
appropriate dimensions ( ) is the initial condition on [ 0]
0 0 0t is the initial
time and qt denotes the q th switching instant )(td
denotes the time-varying delay satisfying
)(0 td htd )( where and h are positive scalars
Next we will give the positive definition for the following switched system
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ( )) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) 0
t d t t
t t
x t A x t A x t d t B w t
z t C x t E w t
x
(3)
Definition 1 System (3) is said to be positive if for any initial conditions ( ) 0 0
( ) 0w t and any switching signals ( )t the corresponding trajectory 0)( tx
and 0)( tz
hold for all 0t
Definition 2 [38] A is called a Metzler matrix if the off-diagonal entries of the matrix A are
non-negative
The following lemma can be obtained from Lemma 3 in [39] and Proposition 1 in [22]
Lemma 1 System (3) is positive if and only if pA p M are Metzler matrices and
0 0 0 0dp p p pA B C E p M
5
Definition 3 [40] For any switching signals ( )t and any 012 TT let ( ) 1 2( )tN T T
denotes the number of switching of ( )t over the interval 1 2[ )T T For given 0aT and
0 0N if the inequality
2 1( ) 1 2 0( )t
a
T TN T T N
T
holds then the positive constant aT is called an average dwell time and 0N is called a
chattering bound As commonly used in the literature we choose 0 0N in this paper
Now we are in a position to give the definitions of finite-time stability finite-time boundedness
and finite-time 1L boundedness for the positive switched system (3)
Definition 4 (Finite-time stability) For a given time constant fT and two vectors 0
switched system (3) with ( ) 0w t is said to be finite-time stable with respect to
( ( ))fT t if 1)(sup0
txT ( ) 1Tx t [0 ]ft T If the above condition is
satisfied for any switching signals ( )t system (3) is said to be uniformly finite-time stable with
respect to ( )fT
Remark 1 As can be seen from Definition 4 the concept of finite-time stability is different from
the one of Lyapunov asymptotic stability A Lyapunov asymptotically stable switched system may
not be finite-time stable because its states may exceed the prescribed bounds during the interval
time
Definition 5 (Finite-time boundedness) For a given time constant fT and two vectors
0 positive switched system (3) is said to be finite-time bounded with respect to
( ( ))fT d t where ( )w t satisfies (2) if 1)(sup0
txT ( ) 1Tx t
[0 ]ft T
Definition 6 (Finite-time 1L boundedness) For a given time constant fT positive switched
6
system (3) is said to be 1L finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t if the
following conditions are satisfied
1) Positive switched system (3) is finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t
2) Under zero-initial condition ( ) 0 0 the output ( )z t satisfies
0 0( ) ( )
f fT Tte z t dt w t dt
where 0 0 and ( )w t satisfies (2)
The aim of this paper is to find a class of switching signals ( )t and determine a state
feedback controller ( )( ) ( )tu t K x t for positive switched system (1) such that the
corresponding closed-loop system is 1L finite-time bounded
3 Main Results
31 Finite-time stability and boundedness analysis
This section will focus on the problem of finite-time boundedness for positive switched system
(3)
Theorem 1 Consider system (3) for a given time constant fT and two vectors 0 if
there exist positive vectors pv p and p p M and positive constants p 1 2 3
and 4 such that the following inequalities hold
1 2 1 2 0p p p pn p p pnΨ diag ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ (4)
1 2 3 4 p p pv (5)
22 3 4 1 fT
e e d e
(6)
where
prprprpp
T
prpr vva prp
T
dprpr hva )1(
m a x pp M
12 r n n
7
( )pr dpra a represents the r th column vector of the matrix ( )p dpA A and
1 2 T
p p p pnv v v v 1 2 T
p p p pn 1 2 T
p p p pn
then under the following average dwell time scheme
21 2 3 4
ln
ln lnf
fa a T
T μT T
e e e d
(7)
the system is finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t where
( )max ( )pp l M
12l l p is the th element of the vector 2
Tp pB
and 1μ satisfies
p q p q p qv v μ p q M (8)
Proof Choose the following piecewise co-positive type Lyapunov-Krasovskii functional for
system (3)
( )( ) ( ( )tV t V t x t
(9)
the form of each ( ( )pV t x t ( p M ) is given by
1 2 3( ( )) ( ( )) ( ( )) ( ( ))p p p pV t x t V t x t V t x t V t x t
where
1( ( )) ( ) T
p pV t x t x t v
( )
2( )
( ( )) ( ) pt t s T
p pt d t
V t x t e x s ds
0 ( )
3( ( )) ( ) pt t s T
p pt
V t x t e x s dsd
and n
p p pv R p M
For the sake of simplicity ( ( ))pV t x t is written as ( )pV t in this paper
Along the trajectory of system (3) we have
1( ) ( ) ( ) ( ( )) ( ) T T T T T T Tp p p p dp p p pV t x t v x t A v x t d t A v w t B v (10)
8
( ) ( )
2( )
( )
( )
( ) ( ) ( ) (1 ( )) ( ( ))
( ) ( ) (1 ) ( ( ))
p p
p
t t s d tT T Tp p p p p
t d t
t t s T T Tp p p p
t d t
V t e x s ds x t d t e x t d t
e x s ds x t h x t d t
(11)
0 0( )
3-
0 ( )
- ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
p p
p
t t s T T Tp p p p p
t
t tt s T T Tp p p p
t t d t
V t e x s dsd x t e x t d
e x s dsd x t x s ds
(12)
Combining (10)-(12) leads to
( ) ( ) ( )( )
( ( ))( (1 ) )
( )
T Tp p p p p p p p p
T Tdp p p
T Tp p
V t V t x t A v v
x t d t A v h
w t B v
(13)
According to (5) and (13) we can easily obtain
2( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) T T T Tp p p p p pV t V t w t B v w t B (14)
Denoting 2T
p pB it follows from (14) that for 1[ )k kt t t
( ) ( )( ) ( )
( ) ( )( ) ( ) ( ) t k tk k
kk
tt t t s T
t t k pt
V t e V t e w s ds
(15)
Let N be the switching number of ( )t over [0 )fT and denote 1 2 Nt t t as the
switching instants over the interval [0 )fT Then for [0 )ft T we obtain from (8) that
( ) ( )
1 2
11
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( )( )
( ) 1 ( )
(0) (0) ( )0
( )
(
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
(0) ( ) ( )
( )
t N tN N
N NN
N
NN N
tt t t s T
t t k tt
tt t t s T
N tt t
t tN t N t s T N t s T
tt
t s T
t
V t e V t e w s ds
e V t e w s ds
e V e w s ds e w s ds
e w s
( )
)
( ) ( )
(0) ( )0
(0) ( )0
(0)
(0) ( )
(0) ( )
(0)
NN
f t
f f
f
t
t
tT N s tN t s T
s
tT TN N T
s
TN
ds
e V e w s ds
e V e w s ds
e V d
(16)
Considering the definition of ( ) ( )tV t it yields that
( ) 1( ) ( ) T
tV t x t (17)
9
2
(0) 2 3 40 0
2
2 3 40
2
2 3 4
(0) (0) sup ( ) sup ( )
sup ( )
T T T
T
V x e x e x
e e x
e e
(18)
Combining (16)-(18) we obtain
ln
( )2
2 3 4
1
1( )
fa
TTTx t e e e d
(19)
Substituting (7) into (19) we have
( ) 1Tx t
According to Definition 5 we can conclude that the positive switched system (3) is finite-time
bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t
The proof is completed
Remark 2 In the proof of Theorem 1 there is no requirement of negative definitiveness on
( ) ( )tV t which is different from the case of classical Lyapunov stability In addition when
1 in (7) one obtains 0aT which means that the switching signal can be arbitrary
When the exogenous noise signal ( ) 0w t the result on finite-time stability can be obtained
as follows
Corollary 1 Consider system (3) with ( ) 0w t for a given time constant fT and two vectors
0 if there exist positive vectors pv p and p p M and positive constants p
1 2 3 and 4 such that (4) (5) and the following inequality
22 3 4 1 fT
e e e
(20)
holds then under the following average dwell time scheme
21 2 3 4
ln
ln( ) lnf
f
a a T
TT T
e e e
(21)
the system is finite-time stable with respect to ( ( ))fT t where max pp M
and
10
1μ satisfies (8)
Remark 3 The general idea of finite-time stability concerns the boundedness of the state of a
system over a finite interval for given initial conditions The idea of finite-time bondedness on the
other hand concerns the behavior of the state in the presence of both given initial conditions and
external disturbances It is easy to see from Definitions 4 and 5 that finite-time stable can be
regarded as a special case by setting 0d
32 1L performance analysis
In this section we will consider the problem of 1L finite-time boundedness of positive
switched system (3)
Theorem 2 Consider system (3) for a given time constant fT and two vectors 0 if
there exist positive vectors pv p and p p M and positive constants p 1 2
3 and 4 such that (5) and the following inequalities hold
1 2 1 2 1 2 0p p p pn p p pn p p pnΨ diag ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ (22)
2 Tprb (23)
22 3 4 1 fT
e e d e
(24)
where
T
pr pr p p pr pr pr pra v v c (1 )T
pr dpr p pra v h
m a x pp M
T
pr pr p prb v e 12 r n n
pr dpr pr pr pra a b c e represents the r th column vector of the matrix p dp p p pA A B C E
and 1 2 T
p p p pnv v v v 1 2
T
p p p pn 1 2 T
p p p pn
then under the following average dwell time scheme
11
21 2 3 4
ln lnmax
ln lnf
fa a T
T μT T
e e e d
(25)
the system is 1L finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t where 1μ
satisfies (8)
Proof (4) can be directly derived from (22) Setting in Theorem 1 we can obtain from
(5) (24) and (25) that system (3) is finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t
Choosing the piecewise co-positive type Lyapunov-Krasovskii functional (9) and following the
proof line of Theorem 1 we can get from the condition (22) that
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 0p p pV t V t z t w t (26)
Let ( ) ( ) ( )w s z s s then for 1[ )k kt t t (26) gives rise to
( ) ( )( ) ( )
( ) ( )( ) ( ) ( ) t k tk k
kk
tt t t s
t t kt
V t e V t e s ds
(27)
Following the proof line of (16) for any [0 )ft T we can obtain
( ) ( )(0 ) ( )( )
( ) (0)0
( ) (0) ( ) t ttN t N s tt t s
tV t e V e s ds
Under the zero initial condition we have
( ) ( )( ) ( )( ) ( )
0 0( ) ( ) t t
t tN s t N s tt s t se z s ds e w s ds (28)
Multiplying both sides of (28) by ( ) (0 )tN t
leads to
( ) ( )(0 ) (0 )( ) ( )
0 0( ) ( ) t t
t tN s N st s t se z s ds e w s ds
Noting that ( ) (0 )t
a
sN s
T and
lnaT
we have
( ) ( )
0 0( ) ( )
t tt s s t se e z s ds e w s ds (29)
Let ft T then multiplying both sides of (29) by fT
e
leads to
2
0 0( ) ( )
f fT Tse z s ds w s ds
Setting 2 according to Definition 6 we can conclude that the claim of the theorem is true
12
The proof is completed
33 1L controller design
Consider system (1) under the controller ( )( ) ( )tu t K x t the corresponding closed-loop
system is given by
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ( )) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) [ 0]
t t t d t t
t t t t
x t A G K x t A x t d t B w t
z t C D K x t E w t
x
(30)
By Lemma 1 to guarantee the positivity of system (30) p p pA G K should be Metzler
matrices and 0p p pC D K p M
Theorem 3 Consider system (1) for a given time constant fT and two vectors 0 if
there exist positive vectors pv p and p p M and positive constants p 1 2
3 and 4 such that (5) (23) (24) and the following conditions are satisfied
p p pA G K are Metzler matrices 0p p pC D K (31)
1 2 1 2 1 2 0p p p pn p p pn p p pndiag (32)
where
T
pr pr p pr p pr pr pr pr pra v g v c f
(1 ) T
pr dpr p pra v h max pp M
T
pr pr p prb v e 12 r n n
T Tp p p pg K G v p p pF D K pr dpr pr pr pr pra a b c e f
represents the r th column vector
of matrix p dp p p p pA A B C E F prg represents the r th element of vector pg and
1 2 T
p p p pnv v v v 1 2 T
p p p pn 1 2 T
p p p pn
then under the average dwell time scheme (25) the resulting closed-loop system (30) is 1L
finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t where 1μ satisfies (8)
13
Proof Replacing pA
and pC in (22) with p p pA G K and p p pC D K respectively and
letting T T
p p p pg K G v and p p pF D K we can get (32)
The proof is completed
We are now in a position to present an algorithm for constructing the state feedback controller
gain matrices pK p M
Algorithm
Step 1 Input the matrices pΑ dpΑ pG pB pC pD
and pE
Step 2 By adjusting the parameters p we can obtain the solutions pv p p p pg F
such that (5) (23) (24) and (31) hold
Step 3 By T T
p p p pg K G v we can compute pK and then p p pF D K is obtained If
0p pF F p p pA G K are Metzler matrices and 0p p pC D K then pK are
admissible Otherwise return to Step 2
4 Numerical Example
Consider system (1) with parameters as follows
1 1 1
4 1 2 01 02 02 01
1 3 2 02 01 02 02
1 2 35 01 01 02 02
dA A B
1 1 1 1
03 02
04 01 03 02 02 06 05 03
05 02
G C D E
14
2 2 2
2 2 2 2
5 2 2 02 02 01 02
3 5 2 02 01 01 01
1 2 3 01 02 01 02
02 01
03 01 01 03 02 02 03 02
01 02
dA A B
G C D E
Choosing 10fT 1 03 2 03 01 01h 2 4 25T
10
001d 001 001 001T
and solving the inequalities in Theorem 3 we get
1
94939
151328
160609
v
2
115015
121141
160666
v
1
68860
61238
95759
2
73265
77388
46553
1
54118
47900
46451
2
26719
25244
22634
1
06343
05065
05126
g
2
02851
02590
02357
g
1
06343
05065
05126
F
2
02851
02590
02357
F
By T T
p p p pg K G v 12p we obtain
1
00325 00259 00263
00127 00101 00103K
2
00244 00222 00202
00181 00164 00149K
It is easy to verify that p p p pF F D K p p pA G K
are Metzler matrices and
0p p pC D K
From (8) and (25) we have 21028 and 45679aT Choosing 46aT
simulation results are shown in Figs 1-3 where (0) [012 01 01]Tx ( ) 0x
[ 0) and
05( ) 005 tw t e Fig1 depicts the switching signal The state trajectory of the
closed-loop system with the average dwell time 46aT is shown in Fig2 Fig 3 plots the
15
evolution of ( )Tx t it can be seen that the closed-loop system is 1L finite-time bounded with
respect to ( ( ))fT d t
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 100
1
2
3
Time(s)
Syste
m m
od
e
Fig1 Switching signal
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1001
015
02
025
03
035
04
045
05
Time(s)
Sta
te r
esp
on
se
x1
x2
x3
Fig2 State trajectory of the closed-loop system
16
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 103
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12x 10
-3
Time(s)
xT(t)ε
Fig3 The evolution of ( )Tx t
5 Conclusions
Finite-time boundedness and L1 finite-time boundedness for a class of positive switched linear
systems have been investigated in this paper Some sufficient conditions have been provided for
the finite-time stability of positive switched linear systems and the L1 finite-time boundedness is
also studied Bases on the results obtained the state feedback controllers and a class of switching
signals with the average dwell time are designed to guarantee that the closed-loop system is
finite-time stable with L1-gain performance In our further work we will extend the proposed
method to discrete-time positive switched systems with time-varying delay
Acknowledgment
This work was supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China under Grant No
61273120
References
[1] P D Berk J R Bloomer R B Howe and N I Berlin Constitutional hepatic dysfunction
17
(Gilberts syndrome) Am J Med 49(3) (1970) pp 296-305
[2] E R Carson C Cobelli and L Finkelstein Modeling and identification of metabolic
systems Am J Physiol 240(3) (1981) pp R120-R129
[3] H Caswell Matrix Population Models Construction Analysis and Interpretation
Sunderland MA Sinauer Assoc (2001)
[4] L Caccetta L R Foulds and V G Rumchev A positive linear discrete-time model of
capacity planning and its controllability properties Math Comput Model 40(1-2) (2004)
pp 217-226
[5] R Shorten D Leith J Foy and R Kilduff Analysis and design of AIMD congestion control
algorithms in communication networks Automatica 41(4) (2005) pp 725-730
[6] R Shorten F Wirth and D Leith A positive systems model of TCP-like congestion control
Asymptotic results IEEEACM Trans Netw 14(3) (2006) pp 616-629
[7] R Shorten D Leith J Foy and R Kilduff Towards an analysis and design framework for
congestion control in communication networks in Proc 12th Yale Workshop Adapt Learn
Syst (2003)
[8] A Jadbabaie J Lin and A S Morse Coordination of groups of mobile autonomous agents
using nearest neighbor rules IEEE Trans Autom Control 48(6) (2003) pp 988-1001
[9] T Kaczorek The choice of the forms of Lyapunov functions for a positive 2D Roesser model
Int J Applied Math Comp Sci 17(4) (2007) pp 471-475
[10] L Benvenuti A D Santis and L Farina Positive systems Lecture Notes in Control and
Information Sciences Berlin Germany Springer-Verlag (2003)
[11] T Kaczorek A realization problem for positive continuous-time systems with reduced
18
numbers of delays Int J Applied Math Comp Sci 16(3) (2006) pp 325-331
[12] M Rami F Tadeo A Benzaouia Control of constrained positive discrete systems in Proc
Am Control Conf New York USA (2007) pp 5851-5856
[13] M Rami F Tadeo Positive observation problem for linear discrete positive systems in Proc
45th IEEE Conf Dec Control San Diego USA (2006) pp 4729-4733
[14] H R Karimi H Gao New delay-dependent exponential Hinfin synchronization for uncertain
neural networks with mixed time delays IEEE Trans Syst Man Cybern B Cybern 40(1)
(2010) pp 173-185
[15] X Liu Constrained control of positive systems with delays IEEE Trans Autom Control
54(7) (2009) pp 1596-1600
[16] X Liu W Yu and L Wang Stability analysis of positive systems with bounded time-varying
delays IEEE Trans Circuits Syst II 56(7) (2009) pp 600-604
[17] Z R Xiang and R H Wang Robust control for uncertain switched non-linear systems with
time delay under asynchronous switching IET Control Theory Appl 3(8) (2009) pp
1041-1050
[18] D Du B Jiang and P Shi Robust l2 - linfin filter for uncertain discrete-time switched
time-delay systems Circuits Syst Signal Process 29(5) (2010) pp 925-940
[19] Y W Wang H O Wang J W Xiao and Z H Guan Synchronization of complex
dynamical networks under recoverable attacks Automatica 46(1) (2010) pp 197-203
[20] Y W Wang T Bian J W Xiao and Y Huang Robust synchronization of complex switched
networks with parametric uncertainties and two types of delays Int J Robust Nonlinear
Control 23(2) (2013) pp 190-207
19
[21] M Tang Y W Wang C Wen Improved delay-range-dependent stability criteria for linear
systems with interval time-varying delays IET Control Theory Appl 6(6) (2012) pp
868-873
[22] X Zhao L Zhang and P Shi Stability of a class of switched positive linear time-delay
systems Int J Robust Nonlinear Control 23(5) (2013) pp 578-589
[23] X Liu C Dang Stability analysis of positive switched linear systems with delays IEEE
Trans Autom Control 56(7) (2011) pp 1684-1690
[24] E Fornasini M Valcher Stability and stabilizability of special classes of discrete-time
positive switched systems in Proc Am Control Conf San Francisco USA (2011) pp
2619-2624
[25] L Gurvits R Shorten O Mason On the stability of switched positive liner systems IEEE
Trans Autom Control 52(6) (2007) pp 1009-1103
[26] F Knorn O Mason R Shorten On linear co-positive Lyapunov functions for sets of linear
positive systems Automatica 45(8) (2009) pp 1943-1947
[27] X Liu Stability analysis of switched positive systems a switched linear co-positive
Lyapunov function method IEEE Trans Circuits Syst II 56(5) (2009) pp 414-418
[28] X Lin H Du and S Li Finite-time boundedness and L2-gain analysis for switched delay
systems with norm-bounded disturbance Appl Math Comp 217(12) (2011) pp 5982-
5993
[29] L Weiss and E F Infante Finite-time stability under perturbing forces and on product spaces
IEEE Trans Autom Control 12(1) (1967) pp 54-59
[30] A N Michel and S H Wu Stability of discrete systems over a finite interval of time Int J
20
Control 9(6) (1969) pp 679-693
[31] P Dorato Short time stability in linear time-varying systems in Proc IRE Int Conv Record
New York (1961) pp 83-87
[32] Z Xiang Y Sun M S Mahmoud Robust finite-time Hinfin control for a class of uncertain
switched neutral systems Commun Nonlinear Sci Numer Simulat 17(2012) pp
1766-1778
[33] W Xiang and J Xiao Hinfin finite-time control for switched nonlinear discrete-time systems
with norm-bounded disturbance J Franklin Institute 348(2) (2010) pp 331-352
[34] H Du X Lin and S Li Finite-time stability and stabilization of switched linear systems
Joint 48th IEEE Conf Dec Control and 28th Chinese Control Conf Shanghai (2009) pp
1938-1943
[35] H Liu Y Shen Hinfin finite-time control for switched linear systems with time-varying delay
Intel Control Auto 2(3) (2011) pp 203-213
[36] Y Shen H Liu Finite-time stabilization of switched time-delay system via dynamic output
feedback control Mechanical Engin Tech AISC 125 (2012) pp 523-528
[37] G Chen and Y Yang Finite-time stabilization of switched positive linear systems Int J
Robust Nonlinear Control (2012) DOI 101002rnc2870
[38] L Hetel J Daafouz C Iung Stability analysis for discrete time switched systems with
temporary uncertain switching signal in Proc 46th IEEE Conf Dec Control New Orleans
LA (2007) pp 5623-5628
[39] P Li J Lam and Z Shu Hinfin positive filtering for positive linear discrete-time systems an
augmentation approach IEEE Trans Autom Control 55(10) (2010) pp 2337-2342
21
[40] M S Mahmoud and P Shi Asynchronous Hinfin filtering of discrete-time systems Signal
Process 92(10) (2012) pp 2356-2364
1
Finite-time L1 control for positive switched linear
systems with time-varying delay
Mei XIANG Zhengrong XIANG
School of Automation Nanjing University of Science and Technology
Nanjing 210094 Peoplersquos Republic of China
Corresponding author e-mail xiangzrmailnjusteducn
Highlights
1 Some sufficient conditions for the existence of finite-time boundedness for
positive switched linear systems with time-varying delay are proposed
2 1L performance analysis for positive switched linear systems is investigated
via the average dwell time approach
3 A state memory feedback controller is designed to stabilize the time-delay
positive switched system such that the corresponding closed-loop system is
1L finite-time bounded
2
Positive systems are dynamic systems with state variables and outputs constrained to be
positive (or at least nonnegative) at all times whenever the initial condition and input are
nonnegative The applications of such systems can be found in various areas for instance
biomedicine [1-2] ecology [3] industrial engineering [4] TCP-like Internet congestion control
[5-6] and so on Recently positive switched systems which consist of a family of positive
subsystems and a switching signal governing the switching among them have also been
highlighted by many researchers due to their broad applications in communication systems [7]
formation flying [8] and systems theory [9-13]
Time delays arise quite naturally in many dynamical systems and are frequently a source of
instability and poor performance Therefore considerable attention has been devoted to the study
of different issues related to time-delay systems and many results on these systems have been
presented in the literature [14-23] and the references therein
The stability problem has been a subject of considerable research and a major concern in the
area of positive switched systems [22-27] And up to now most of the existing literature related to
the stability of positive switched systems focuses on Lyapunov stability which is defined over an
infinite time interval However in practice one not only is interested in system stability (usually
in the sense of Lyapunov) but also concerns a bound of state trajectory over a fixed short time
[28] The finite-time stability is a different stability concept which admits that the state does not
exceed a certain bound during a fixed finite-time interval Some early results on finite-time
stability and stabilization can be found in [29-31] It should be pointed out that a finite-time stable
system may not be Lyapunov stable and a Lyapunov stable system may not be finite-time stable
since the transient of a system response may exceed the bound [33] Recently finite-time control
3
for switched linear systems with and without delays has been investigated in [32-36] For positive
switched linear systems the definition of finite-time stability has been given in [37] However to
the best of our knowledge there are no results available on finite-time stability and finite-time
boundedness of positive switched systems with time-varying delay which motivates our present
study
In this paper we are interested in investigating the problem of finite-time L1 control for a class
of positive switched linear systems with time-varying delay Compared with the existing works
the main contribution of this paper is threefold 1) Definitions of finite-time boundedness and 1L
finite-time boundedness are for the first time extended to positive switched linear systems with
time-varying delay 2) Sufficient conditions for the existence of 1L finite-time boundedness of
the underlying system are given 3) A state feedback controller is designed to guarantee that the
closed-loop system is 1L finite-time bounded
The paper is organized as follows In Section 2 problem statements and necessary lemmas are
given 1L finite-time boundedness analysis and controller design are developed in Section 3 A
numerical example is provided in Section 4 Finally Section 5 concludes this paper
Notations In this paper 0( 0)A means that all entries of matrix A are non-negative
(non-positive) 0( 0)A means that all entries of A are positive (negative) ( )A B A B
means that 0( 0)A B A B TA is the transpose of a matrix A R
is the set of all
positive real numbers nR
is the n-dimensional non-negative (positive) vector space nR is the
set of real vectors of n -dimension n kR
is the set of all real matrices of ( )n k -dimension
The notation 1
n
k
k
x x
where kx is the k th element of nx R
2 Problem Statements and Preliminaries
4
Consider the following positive switched linear systems with time-varying delay
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ( )) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) [ 0]
t d t t t
t t t
x t A x t A x t d t G u t B w t
z t C x t D u t E w t
x
(1)
where ( ) nx t R ( ) mu t R and ( ) zz t R
denote the state control input and controlled
output respectively ( ) lw t R is the
disturbance input satisfying
0( ) 0
fT
w t dt d d (2)
( ) [0 )t 12 M M is the switching signal with M being the number of
subsystems pΑ dpΑ pG pB pC pD
and pE p M are constant matrices with
appropriate dimensions ( ) is the initial condition on [ 0]
0 0 0t is the initial
time and qt denotes the q th switching instant )(td
denotes the time-varying delay satisfying
)(0 td htd )( where and h are positive scalars
Next we will give the positive definition for the following switched system
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ( )) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) 0
t d t t
t t
x t A x t A x t d t B w t
z t C x t E w t
x
(3)
Definition 1 System (3) is said to be positive if for any initial conditions ( ) 0 0
( ) 0w t and any switching signals ( )t the corresponding trajectory 0)( tx
and 0)( tz
hold for all 0t
Definition 2 [38] A is called a Metzler matrix if the off-diagonal entries of the matrix A are
non-negative
The following lemma can be obtained from Lemma 3 in [39] and Proposition 1 in [22]
Lemma 1 System (3) is positive if and only if pA p M are Metzler matrices and
0 0 0 0dp p p pA B C E p M
5
Definition 3 [40] For any switching signals ( )t and any 012 TT let ( ) 1 2( )tN T T
denotes the number of switching of ( )t over the interval 1 2[ )T T For given 0aT and
0 0N if the inequality
2 1( ) 1 2 0( )t
a
T TN T T N
T
holds then the positive constant aT is called an average dwell time and 0N is called a
chattering bound As commonly used in the literature we choose 0 0N in this paper
Now we are in a position to give the definitions of finite-time stability finite-time boundedness
and finite-time 1L boundedness for the positive switched system (3)
Definition 4 (Finite-time stability) For a given time constant fT and two vectors 0
switched system (3) with ( ) 0w t is said to be finite-time stable with respect to
( ( ))fT t if 1)(sup0
txT ( ) 1Tx t [0 ]ft T If the above condition is
satisfied for any switching signals ( )t system (3) is said to be uniformly finite-time stable with
respect to ( )fT
Remark 1 As can be seen from Definition 4 the concept of finite-time stability is different from
the one of Lyapunov asymptotic stability A Lyapunov asymptotically stable switched system may
not be finite-time stable because its states may exceed the prescribed bounds during the interval
time
Definition 5 (Finite-time boundedness) For a given time constant fT and two vectors
0 positive switched system (3) is said to be finite-time bounded with respect to
( ( ))fT d t where ( )w t satisfies (2) if 1)(sup0
txT ( ) 1Tx t
[0 ]ft T
Definition 6 (Finite-time 1L boundedness) For a given time constant fT positive switched
6
system (3) is said to be 1L finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t if the
following conditions are satisfied
1) Positive switched system (3) is finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t
2) Under zero-initial condition ( ) 0 0 the output ( )z t satisfies
0 0( ) ( )
f fT Tte z t dt w t dt
where 0 0 and ( )w t satisfies (2)
The aim of this paper is to find a class of switching signals ( )t and determine a state
feedback controller ( )( ) ( )tu t K x t for positive switched system (1) such that the
corresponding closed-loop system is 1L finite-time bounded
3 Main Results
31 Finite-time stability and boundedness analysis
This section will focus on the problem of finite-time boundedness for positive switched system
(3)
Theorem 1 Consider system (3) for a given time constant fT and two vectors 0 if
there exist positive vectors pv p and p p M and positive constants p 1 2 3
and 4 such that the following inequalities hold
1 2 1 2 0p p p pn p p pnΨ diag ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ (4)
1 2 3 4 p p pv (5)
22 3 4 1 fT
e e d e
(6)
where
prprprpp
T
prpr vva prp
T
dprpr hva )1(
m a x pp M
12 r n n
7
( )pr dpra a represents the r th column vector of the matrix ( )p dpA A and
1 2 T
p p p pnv v v v 1 2 T
p p p pn 1 2 T
p p p pn
then under the following average dwell time scheme
21 2 3 4
ln
ln lnf
fa a T
T μT T
e e e d
(7)
the system is finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t where
( )max ( )pp l M
12l l p is the th element of the vector 2
Tp pB
and 1μ satisfies
p q p q p qv v μ p q M (8)
Proof Choose the following piecewise co-positive type Lyapunov-Krasovskii functional for
system (3)
( )( ) ( ( )tV t V t x t
(9)
the form of each ( ( )pV t x t ( p M ) is given by
1 2 3( ( )) ( ( )) ( ( )) ( ( ))p p p pV t x t V t x t V t x t V t x t
where
1( ( )) ( ) T
p pV t x t x t v
( )
2( )
( ( )) ( ) pt t s T
p pt d t
V t x t e x s ds
0 ( )
3( ( )) ( ) pt t s T
p pt
V t x t e x s dsd
and n
p p pv R p M
For the sake of simplicity ( ( ))pV t x t is written as ( )pV t in this paper
Along the trajectory of system (3) we have
1( ) ( ) ( ) ( ( )) ( ) T T T T T T Tp p p p dp p p pV t x t v x t A v x t d t A v w t B v (10)
8
( ) ( )
2( )
( )
( )
( ) ( ) ( ) (1 ( )) ( ( ))
( ) ( ) (1 ) ( ( ))
p p
p
t t s d tT T Tp p p p p
t d t
t t s T T Tp p p p
t d t
V t e x s ds x t d t e x t d t
e x s ds x t h x t d t
(11)
0 0( )
3-
0 ( )
- ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
p p
p
t t s T T Tp p p p p
t
t tt s T T Tp p p p
t t d t
V t e x s dsd x t e x t d
e x s dsd x t x s ds
(12)
Combining (10)-(12) leads to
( ) ( ) ( )( )
( ( ))( (1 ) )
( )
T Tp p p p p p p p p
T Tdp p p
T Tp p
V t V t x t A v v
x t d t A v h
w t B v
(13)
According to (5) and (13) we can easily obtain
2( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) T T T Tp p p p p pV t V t w t B v w t B (14)
Denoting 2T
p pB it follows from (14) that for 1[ )k kt t t
( ) ( )( ) ( )
( ) ( )( ) ( ) ( ) t k tk k
kk
tt t t s T
t t k pt
V t e V t e w s ds
(15)
Let N be the switching number of ( )t over [0 )fT and denote 1 2 Nt t t as the
switching instants over the interval [0 )fT Then for [0 )ft T we obtain from (8) that
( ) ( )
1 2
11
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( )( )
( ) 1 ( )
(0) (0) ( )0
( )
(
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
(0) ( ) ( )
( )
t N tN N
N NN
N
NN N
tt t t s T
t t k tt
tt t t s T
N tt t
t tN t N t s T N t s T
tt
t s T
t
V t e V t e w s ds
e V t e w s ds
e V e w s ds e w s ds
e w s
( )
)
( ) ( )
(0) ( )0
(0) ( )0
(0)
(0) ( )
(0) ( )
(0)
NN
f t
f f
f
t
t
tT N s tN t s T
s
tT TN N T
s
TN
ds
e V e w s ds
e V e w s ds
e V d
(16)
Considering the definition of ( ) ( )tV t it yields that
( ) 1( ) ( ) T
tV t x t (17)
9
2
(0) 2 3 40 0
2
2 3 40
2
2 3 4
(0) (0) sup ( ) sup ( )
sup ( )
T T T
T
V x e x e x
e e x
e e
(18)
Combining (16)-(18) we obtain
ln
( )2
2 3 4
1
1( )
fa
TTTx t e e e d
(19)
Substituting (7) into (19) we have
( ) 1Tx t
According to Definition 5 we can conclude that the positive switched system (3) is finite-time
bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t
The proof is completed
Remark 2 In the proof of Theorem 1 there is no requirement of negative definitiveness on
( ) ( )tV t which is different from the case of classical Lyapunov stability In addition when
1 in (7) one obtains 0aT which means that the switching signal can be arbitrary
When the exogenous noise signal ( ) 0w t the result on finite-time stability can be obtained
as follows
Corollary 1 Consider system (3) with ( ) 0w t for a given time constant fT and two vectors
0 if there exist positive vectors pv p and p p M and positive constants p
1 2 3 and 4 such that (4) (5) and the following inequality
22 3 4 1 fT
e e e
(20)
holds then under the following average dwell time scheme
21 2 3 4
ln
ln( ) lnf
f
a a T
TT T
e e e
(21)
the system is finite-time stable with respect to ( ( ))fT t where max pp M
and
10
1μ satisfies (8)
Remark 3 The general idea of finite-time stability concerns the boundedness of the state of a
system over a finite interval for given initial conditions The idea of finite-time bondedness on the
other hand concerns the behavior of the state in the presence of both given initial conditions and
external disturbances It is easy to see from Definitions 4 and 5 that finite-time stable can be
regarded as a special case by setting 0d
32 1L performance analysis
In this section we will consider the problem of 1L finite-time boundedness of positive
switched system (3)
Theorem 2 Consider system (3) for a given time constant fT and two vectors 0 if
there exist positive vectors pv p and p p M and positive constants p 1 2
3 and 4 such that (5) and the following inequalities hold
1 2 1 2 1 2 0p p p pn p p pn p p pnΨ diag ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ (22)
2 Tprb (23)
22 3 4 1 fT
e e d e
(24)
where
T
pr pr p p pr pr pr pra v v c (1 )T
pr dpr p pra v h
m a x pp M
T
pr pr p prb v e 12 r n n
pr dpr pr pr pra a b c e represents the r th column vector of the matrix p dp p p pA A B C E
and 1 2 T
p p p pnv v v v 1 2
T
p p p pn 1 2 T
p p p pn
then under the following average dwell time scheme
11
21 2 3 4
ln lnmax
ln lnf
fa a T
T μT T
e e e d
(25)
the system is 1L finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t where 1μ
satisfies (8)
Proof (4) can be directly derived from (22) Setting in Theorem 1 we can obtain from
(5) (24) and (25) that system (3) is finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t
Choosing the piecewise co-positive type Lyapunov-Krasovskii functional (9) and following the
proof line of Theorem 1 we can get from the condition (22) that
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 0p p pV t V t z t w t (26)
Let ( ) ( ) ( )w s z s s then for 1[ )k kt t t (26) gives rise to
( ) ( )( ) ( )
( ) ( )( ) ( ) ( ) t k tk k
kk
tt t t s
t t kt
V t e V t e s ds
(27)
Following the proof line of (16) for any [0 )ft T we can obtain
( ) ( )(0 ) ( )( )
( ) (0)0
( ) (0) ( ) t ttN t N s tt t s
tV t e V e s ds
Under the zero initial condition we have
( ) ( )( ) ( )( ) ( )
0 0( ) ( ) t t
t tN s t N s tt s t se z s ds e w s ds (28)
Multiplying both sides of (28) by ( ) (0 )tN t
leads to
( ) ( )(0 ) (0 )( ) ( )
0 0( ) ( ) t t
t tN s N st s t se z s ds e w s ds
Noting that ( ) (0 )t
a
sN s
T and
lnaT
we have
( ) ( )
0 0( ) ( )
t tt s s t se e z s ds e w s ds (29)
Let ft T then multiplying both sides of (29) by fT
e
leads to
2
0 0( ) ( )
f fT Tse z s ds w s ds
Setting 2 according to Definition 6 we can conclude that the claim of the theorem is true
12
The proof is completed
33 1L controller design
Consider system (1) under the controller ( )( ) ( )tu t K x t the corresponding closed-loop
system is given by
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ( )) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) [ 0]
t t t d t t
t t t t
x t A G K x t A x t d t B w t
z t C D K x t E w t
x
(30)
By Lemma 1 to guarantee the positivity of system (30) p p pA G K should be Metzler
matrices and 0p p pC D K p M
Theorem 3 Consider system (1) for a given time constant fT and two vectors 0 if
there exist positive vectors pv p and p p M and positive constants p 1 2
3 and 4 such that (5) (23) (24) and the following conditions are satisfied
p p pA G K are Metzler matrices 0p p pC D K (31)
1 2 1 2 1 2 0p p p pn p p pn p p pndiag (32)
where
T
pr pr p pr p pr pr pr pr pra v g v c f
(1 ) T
pr dpr p pra v h max pp M
T
pr pr p prb v e 12 r n n
T Tp p p pg K G v p p pF D K pr dpr pr pr pr pra a b c e f
represents the r th column vector
of matrix p dp p p p pA A B C E F prg represents the r th element of vector pg and
1 2 T
p p p pnv v v v 1 2 T
p p p pn 1 2 T
p p p pn
then under the average dwell time scheme (25) the resulting closed-loop system (30) is 1L
finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t where 1μ satisfies (8)
13
Proof Replacing pA
and pC in (22) with p p pA G K and p p pC D K respectively and
letting T T
p p p pg K G v and p p pF D K we can get (32)
The proof is completed
We are now in a position to present an algorithm for constructing the state feedback controller
gain matrices pK p M
Algorithm
Step 1 Input the matrices pΑ dpΑ pG pB pC pD
and pE
Step 2 By adjusting the parameters p we can obtain the solutions pv p p p pg F
such that (5) (23) (24) and (31) hold
Step 3 By T T
p p p pg K G v we can compute pK and then p p pF D K is obtained If
0p pF F p p pA G K are Metzler matrices and 0p p pC D K then pK are
admissible Otherwise return to Step 2
4 Numerical Example
Consider system (1) with parameters as follows
1 1 1
4 1 2 01 02 02 01
1 3 2 02 01 02 02
1 2 35 01 01 02 02
dA A B
1 1 1 1
03 02
04 01 03 02 02 06 05 03
05 02
G C D E
14
2 2 2
2 2 2 2
5 2 2 02 02 01 02
3 5 2 02 01 01 01
1 2 3 01 02 01 02
02 01
03 01 01 03 02 02 03 02
01 02
dA A B
G C D E
Choosing 10fT 1 03 2 03 01 01h 2 4 25T
10
001d 001 001 001T
and solving the inequalities in Theorem 3 we get
1
94939
151328
160609
v
2
115015
121141
160666
v
1
68860
61238
95759
2
73265
77388
46553
1
54118
47900
46451
2
26719
25244
22634
1
06343
05065
05126
g
2
02851
02590
02357
g
1
06343
05065
05126
F
2
02851
02590
02357
F
By T T
p p p pg K G v 12p we obtain
1
00325 00259 00263
00127 00101 00103K
2
00244 00222 00202
00181 00164 00149K
It is easy to verify that p p p pF F D K p p pA G K
are Metzler matrices and
0p p pC D K
From (8) and (25) we have 21028 and 45679aT Choosing 46aT
simulation results are shown in Figs 1-3 where (0) [012 01 01]Tx ( ) 0x
[ 0) and
05( ) 005 tw t e Fig1 depicts the switching signal The state trajectory of the
closed-loop system with the average dwell time 46aT is shown in Fig2 Fig 3 plots the
15
evolution of ( )Tx t it can be seen that the closed-loop system is 1L finite-time bounded with
respect to ( ( ))fT d t
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 100
1
2
3
Time(s)
Syste
m m
od
e
Fig1 Switching signal
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1001
015
02
025
03
035
04
045
05
Time(s)
Sta
te r
esp
on
se
x1
x2
x3
Fig2 State trajectory of the closed-loop system
16
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 103
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12x 10
-3
Time(s)
xT(t)ε
Fig3 The evolution of ( )Tx t
5 Conclusions
Finite-time boundedness and L1 finite-time boundedness for a class of positive switched linear
systems have been investigated in this paper Some sufficient conditions have been provided for
the finite-time stability of positive switched linear systems and the L1 finite-time boundedness is
also studied Bases on the results obtained the state feedback controllers and a class of switching
signals with the average dwell time are designed to guarantee that the closed-loop system is
finite-time stable with L1-gain performance In our further work we will extend the proposed
method to discrete-time positive switched systems with time-varying delay
Acknowledgment
This work was supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China under Grant No
61273120
References
[1] P D Berk J R Bloomer R B Howe and N I Berlin Constitutional hepatic dysfunction
17
(Gilberts syndrome) Am J Med 49(3) (1970) pp 296-305
[2] E R Carson C Cobelli and L Finkelstein Modeling and identification of metabolic
systems Am J Physiol 240(3) (1981) pp R120-R129
[3] H Caswell Matrix Population Models Construction Analysis and Interpretation
Sunderland MA Sinauer Assoc (2001)
[4] L Caccetta L R Foulds and V G Rumchev A positive linear discrete-time model of
capacity planning and its controllability properties Math Comput Model 40(1-2) (2004)
pp 217-226
[5] R Shorten D Leith J Foy and R Kilduff Analysis and design of AIMD congestion control
algorithms in communication networks Automatica 41(4) (2005) pp 725-730
[6] R Shorten F Wirth and D Leith A positive systems model of TCP-like congestion control
Asymptotic results IEEEACM Trans Netw 14(3) (2006) pp 616-629
[7] R Shorten D Leith J Foy and R Kilduff Towards an analysis and design framework for
congestion control in communication networks in Proc 12th Yale Workshop Adapt Learn
Syst (2003)
[8] A Jadbabaie J Lin and A S Morse Coordination of groups of mobile autonomous agents
using nearest neighbor rules IEEE Trans Autom Control 48(6) (2003) pp 988-1001
[9] T Kaczorek The choice of the forms of Lyapunov functions for a positive 2D Roesser model
Int J Applied Math Comp Sci 17(4) (2007) pp 471-475
[10] L Benvenuti A D Santis and L Farina Positive systems Lecture Notes in Control and
Information Sciences Berlin Germany Springer-Verlag (2003)
[11] T Kaczorek A realization problem for positive continuous-time systems with reduced
18
numbers of delays Int J Applied Math Comp Sci 16(3) (2006) pp 325-331
[12] M Rami F Tadeo A Benzaouia Control of constrained positive discrete systems in Proc
Am Control Conf New York USA (2007) pp 5851-5856
[13] M Rami F Tadeo Positive observation problem for linear discrete positive systems in Proc
45th IEEE Conf Dec Control San Diego USA (2006) pp 4729-4733
[14] H R Karimi H Gao New delay-dependent exponential Hinfin synchronization for uncertain
neural networks with mixed time delays IEEE Trans Syst Man Cybern B Cybern 40(1)
(2010) pp 173-185
[15] X Liu Constrained control of positive systems with delays IEEE Trans Autom Control
54(7) (2009) pp 1596-1600
[16] X Liu W Yu and L Wang Stability analysis of positive systems with bounded time-varying
delays IEEE Trans Circuits Syst II 56(7) (2009) pp 600-604
[17] Z R Xiang and R H Wang Robust control for uncertain switched non-linear systems with
time delay under asynchronous switching IET Control Theory Appl 3(8) (2009) pp
1041-1050
[18] D Du B Jiang and P Shi Robust l2 - linfin filter for uncertain discrete-time switched
time-delay systems Circuits Syst Signal Process 29(5) (2010) pp 925-940
[19] Y W Wang H O Wang J W Xiao and Z H Guan Synchronization of complex
dynamical networks under recoverable attacks Automatica 46(1) (2010) pp 197-203
[20] Y W Wang T Bian J W Xiao and Y Huang Robust synchronization of complex switched
networks with parametric uncertainties and two types of delays Int J Robust Nonlinear
Control 23(2) (2013) pp 190-207
19
[21] M Tang Y W Wang C Wen Improved delay-range-dependent stability criteria for linear
systems with interval time-varying delays IET Control Theory Appl 6(6) (2012) pp
868-873
[22] X Zhao L Zhang and P Shi Stability of a class of switched positive linear time-delay
systems Int J Robust Nonlinear Control 23(5) (2013) pp 578-589
[23] X Liu C Dang Stability analysis of positive switched linear systems with delays IEEE
Trans Autom Control 56(7) (2011) pp 1684-1690
[24] E Fornasini M Valcher Stability and stabilizability of special classes of discrete-time
positive switched systems in Proc Am Control Conf San Francisco USA (2011) pp
2619-2624
[25] L Gurvits R Shorten O Mason On the stability of switched positive liner systems IEEE
Trans Autom Control 52(6) (2007) pp 1009-1103
[26] F Knorn O Mason R Shorten On linear co-positive Lyapunov functions for sets of linear
positive systems Automatica 45(8) (2009) pp 1943-1947
[27] X Liu Stability analysis of switched positive systems a switched linear co-positive
Lyapunov function method IEEE Trans Circuits Syst II 56(5) (2009) pp 414-418
[28] X Lin H Du and S Li Finite-time boundedness and L2-gain analysis for switched delay
systems with norm-bounded disturbance Appl Math Comp 217(12) (2011) pp 5982-
5993
[29] L Weiss and E F Infante Finite-time stability under perturbing forces and on product spaces
IEEE Trans Autom Control 12(1) (1967) pp 54-59
[30] A N Michel and S H Wu Stability of discrete systems over a finite interval of time Int J
20
Control 9(6) (1969) pp 679-693
[31] P Dorato Short time stability in linear time-varying systems in Proc IRE Int Conv Record
New York (1961) pp 83-87
[32] Z Xiang Y Sun M S Mahmoud Robust finite-time Hinfin control for a class of uncertain
switched neutral systems Commun Nonlinear Sci Numer Simulat 17(2012) pp
1766-1778
[33] W Xiang and J Xiao Hinfin finite-time control for switched nonlinear discrete-time systems
with norm-bounded disturbance J Franklin Institute 348(2) (2010) pp 331-352
[34] H Du X Lin and S Li Finite-time stability and stabilization of switched linear systems
Joint 48th IEEE Conf Dec Control and 28th Chinese Control Conf Shanghai (2009) pp
1938-1943
[35] H Liu Y Shen Hinfin finite-time control for switched linear systems with time-varying delay
Intel Control Auto 2(3) (2011) pp 203-213
[36] Y Shen H Liu Finite-time stabilization of switched time-delay system via dynamic output
feedback control Mechanical Engin Tech AISC 125 (2012) pp 523-528
[37] G Chen and Y Yang Finite-time stabilization of switched positive linear systems Int J
Robust Nonlinear Control (2012) DOI 101002rnc2870
[38] L Hetel J Daafouz C Iung Stability analysis for discrete time switched systems with
temporary uncertain switching signal in Proc 46th IEEE Conf Dec Control New Orleans
LA (2007) pp 5623-5628
[39] P Li J Lam and Z Shu Hinfin positive filtering for positive linear discrete-time systems an
augmentation approach IEEE Trans Autom Control 55(10) (2010) pp 2337-2342
21
[40] M S Mahmoud and P Shi Asynchronous Hinfin filtering of discrete-time systems Signal
Process 92(10) (2012) pp 2356-2364
1
Finite-time L1 control for positive switched linear
systems with time-varying delay
Mei XIANG Zhengrong XIANG
School of Automation Nanjing University of Science and Technology
Nanjing 210094 Peoplersquos Republic of China
Corresponding author e-mail xiangzrmailnjusteducn
Highlights
1 Some sufficient conditions for the existence of finite-time boundedness for
positive switched linear systems with time-varying delay are proposed
2 1L performance analysis for positive switched linear systems is investigated
via the average dwell time approach
3 A state memory feedback controller is designed to stabilize the time-delay
positive switched system such that the corresponding closed-loop system is
1L finite-time bounded
3
for switched linear systems with and without delays has been investigated in [32-36] For positive
switched linear systems the definition of finite-time stability has been given in [37] However to
the best of our knowledge there are no results available on finite-time stability and finite-time
boundedness of positive switched systems with time-varying delay which motivates our present
study
In this paper we are interested in investigating the problem of finite-time L1 control for a class
of positive switched linear systems with time-varying delay Compared with the existing works
the main contribution of this paper is threefold 1) Definitions of finite-time boundedness and 1L
finite-time boundedness are for the first time extended to positive switched linear systems with
time-varying delay 2) Sufficient conditions for the existence of 1L finite-time boundedness of
the underlying system are given 3) A state feedback controller is designed to guarantee that the
closed-loop system is 1L finite-time bounded
The paper is organized as follows In Section 2 problem statements and necessary lemmas are
given 1L finite-time boundedness analysis and controller design are developed in Section 3 A
numerical example is provided in Section 4 Finally Section 5 concludes this paper
Notations In this paper 0( 0)A means that all entries of matrix A are non-negative
(non-positive) 0( 0)A means that all entries of A are positive (negative) ( )A B A B
means that 0( 0)A B A B TA is the transpose of a matrix A R
is the set of all
positive real numbers nR
is the n-dimensional non-negative (positive) vector space nR is the
set of real vectors of n -dimension n kR
is the set of all real matrices of ( )n k -dimension
The notation 1
n
k
k
x x
where kx is the k th element of nx R
2 Problem Statements and Preliminaries
4
Consider the following positive switched linear systems with time-varying delay
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ( )) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) [ 0]
t d t t t
t t t
x t A x t A x t d t G u t B w t
z t C x t D u t E w t
x
(1)
where ( ) nx t R ( ) mu t R and ( ) zz t R
denote the state control input and controlled
output respectively ( ) lw t R is the
disturbance input satisfying
0( ) 0
fT
w t dt d d (2)
( ) [0 )t 12 M M is the switching signal with M being the number of
subsystems pΑ dpΑ pG pB pC pD
and pE p M are constant matrices with
appropriate dimensions ( ) is the initial condition on [ 0]
0 0 0t is the initial
time and qt denotes the q th switching instant )(td
denotes the time-varying delay satisfying
)(0 td htd )( where and h are positive scalars
Next we will give the positive definition for the following switched system
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ( )) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) 0
t d t t
t t
x t A x t A x t d t B w t
z t C x t E w t
x
(3)
Definition 1 System (3) is said to be positive if for any initial conditions ( ) 0 0
( ) 0w t and any switching signals ( )t the corresponding trajectory 0)( tx
and 0)( tz
hold for all 0t
Definition 2 [38] A is called a Metzler matrix if the off-diagonal entries of the matrix A are
non-negative
The following lemma can be obtained from Lemma 3 in [39] and Proposition 1 in [22]
Lemma 1 System (3) is positive if and only if pA p M are Metzler matrices and
0 0 0 0dp p p pA B C E p M
5
Definition 3 [40] For any switching signals ( )t and any 012 TT let ( ) 1 2( )tN T T
denotes the number of switching of ( )t over the interval 1 2[ )T T For given 0aT and
0 0N if the inequality
2 1( ) 1 2 0( )t
a
T TN T T N
T
holds then the positive constant aT is called an average dwell time and 0N is called a
chattering bound As commonly used in the literature we choose 0 0N in this paper
Now we are in a position to give the definitions of finite-time stability finite-time boundedness
and finite-time 1L boundedness for the positive switched system (3)
Definition 4 (Finite-time stability) For a given time constant fT and two vectors 0
switched system (3) with ( ) 0w t is said to be finite-time stable with respect to
( ( ))fT t if 1)(sup0
txT ( ) 1Tx t [0 ]ft T If the above condition is
satisfied for any switching signals ( )t system (3) is said to be uniformly finite-time stable with
respect to ( )fT
Remark 1 As can be seen from Definition 4 the concept of finite-time stability is different from
the one of Lyapunov asymptotic stability A Lyapunov asymptotically stable switched system may
not be finite-time stable because its states may exceed the prescribed bounds during the interval
time
Definition 5 (Finite-time boundedness) For a given time constant fT and two vectors
0 positive switched system (3) is said to be finite-time bounded with respect to
( ( ))fT d t where ( )w t satisfies (2) if 1)(sup0
txT ( ) 1Tx t
[0 ]ft T
Definition 6 (Finite-time 1L boundedness) For a given time constant fT positive switched
6
system (3) is said to be 1L finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t if the
following conditions are satisfied
1) Positive switched system (3) is finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t
2) Under zero-initial condition ( ) 0 0 the output ( )z t satisfies
0 0( ) ( )
f fT Tte z t dt w t dt
where 0 0 and ( )w t satisfies (2)
The aim of this paper is to find a class of switching signals ( )t and determine a state
feedback controller ( )( ) ( )tu t K x t for positive switched system (1) such that the
corresponding closed-loop system is 1L finite-time bounded
3 Main Results
31 Finite-time stability and boundedness analysis
This section will focus on the problem of finite-time boundedness for positive switched system
(3)
Theorem 1 Consider system (3) for a given time constant fT and two vectors 0 if
there exist positive vectors pv p and p p M and positive constants p 1 2 3
and 4 such that the following inequalities hold
1 2 1 2 0p p p pn p p pnΨ diag ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ (4)
1 2 3 4 p p pv (5)
22 3 4 1 fT
e e d e
(6)
where
prprprpp
T
prpr vva prp
T
dprpr hva )1(
m a x pp M
12 r n n
7
( )pr dpra a represents the r th column vector of the matrix ( )p dpA A and
1 2 T
p p p pnv v v v 1 2 T
p p p pn 1 2 T
p p p pn
then under the following average dwell time scheme
21 2 3 4
ln
ln lnf
fa a T
T μT T
e e e d
(7)
the system is finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t where
( )max ( )pp l M
12l l p is the th element of the vector 2
Tp pB
and 1μ satisfies
p q p q p qv v μ p q M (8)
Proof Choose the following piecewise co-positive type Lyapunov-Krasovskii functional for
system (3)
( )( ) ( ( )tV t V t x t
(9)
the form of each ( ( )pV t x t ( p M ) is given by
1 2 3( ( )) ( ( )) ( ( )) ( ( ))p p p pV t x t V t x t V t x t V t x t
where
1( ( )) ( ) T
p pV t x t x t v
( )
2( )
( ( )) ( ) pt t s T
p pt d t
V t x t e x s ds
0 ( )
3( ( )) ( ) pt t s T
p pt
V t x t e x s dsd
and n
p p pv R p M
For the sake of simplicity ( ( ))pV t x t is written as ( )pV t in this paper
Along the trajectory of system (3) we have
1( ) ( ) ( ) ( ( )) ( ) T T T T T T Tp p p p dp p p pV t x t v x t A v x t d t A v w t B v (10)
8
( ) ( )
2( )
( )
( )
( ) ( ) ( ) (1 ( )) ( ( ))
( ) ( ) (1 ) ( ( ))
p p
p
t t s d tT T Tp p p p p
t d t
t t s T T Tp p p p
t d t
V t e x s ds x t d t e x t d t
e x s ds x t h x t d t
(11)
0 0( )
3-
0 ( )
- ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
p p
p
t t s T T Tp p p p p
t
t tt s T T Tp p p p
t t d t
V t e x s dsd x t e x t d
e x s dsd x t x s ds
(12)
Combining (10)-(12) leads to
( ) ( ) ( )( )
( ( ))( (1 ) )
( )
T Tp p p p p p p p p
T Tdp p p
T Tp p
V t V t x t A v v
x t d t A v h
w t B v
(13)
According to (5) and (13) we can easily obtain
2( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) T T T Tp p p p p pV t V t w t B v w t B (14)
Denoting 2T
p pB it follows from (14) that for 1[ )k kt t t
( ) ( )( ) ( )
( ) ( )( ) ( ) ( ) t k tk k
kk
tt t t s T
t t k pt
V t e V t e w s ds
(15)
Let N be the switching number of ( )t over [0 )fT and denote 1 2 Nt t t as the
switching instants over the interval [0 )fT Then for [0 )ft T we obtain from (8) that
( ) ( )
1 2
11
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( )( )
( ) 1 ( )
(0) (0) ( )0
( )
(
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
(0) ( ) ( )
( )
t N tN N
N NN
N
NN N
tt t t s T
t t k tt
tt t t s T
N tt t
t tN t N t s T N t s T
tt
t s T
t
V t e V t e w s ds
e V t e w s ds
e V e w s ds e w s ds
e w s
( )
)
( ) ( )
(0) ( )0
(0) ( )0
(0)
(0) ( )
(0) ( )
(0)
NN
f t
f f
f
t
t
tT N s tN t s T
s
tT TN N T
s
TN
ds
e V e w s ds
e V e w s ds
e V d
(16)
Considering the definition of ( ) ( )tV t it yields that
( ) 1( ) ( ) T
tV t x t (17)
9
2
(0) 2 3 40 0
2
2 3 40
2
2 3 4
(0) (0) sup ( ) sup ( )
sup ( )
T T T
T
V x e x e x
e e x
e e
(18)
Combining (16)-(18) we obtain
ln
( )2
2 3 4
1
1( )
fa
TTTx t e e e d
(19)
Substituting (7) into (19) we have
( ) 1Tx t
According to Definition 5 we can conclude that the positive switched system (3) is finite-time
bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t
The proof is completed
Remark 2 In the proof of Theorem 1 there is no requirement of negative definitiveness on
( ) ( )tV t which is different from the case of classical Lyapunov stability In addition when
1 in (7) one obtains 0aT which means that the switching signal can be arbitrary
When the exogenous noise signal ( ) 0w t the result on finite-time stability can be obtained
as follows
Corollary 1 Consider system (3) with ( ) 0w t for a given time constant fT and two vectors
0 if there exist positive vectors pv p and p p M and positive constants p
1 2 3 and 4 such that (4) (5) and the following inequality
22 3 4 1 fT
e e e
(20)
holds then under the following average dwell time scheme
21 2 3 4
ln
ln( ) lnf
f
a a T
TT T
e e e
(21)
the system is finite-time stable with respect to ( ( ))fT t where max pp M
and
10
1μ satisfies (8)
Remark 3 The general idea of finite-time stability concerns the boundedness of the state of a
system over a finite interval for given initial conditions The idea of finite-time bondedness on the
other hand concerns the behavior of the state in the presence of both given initial conditions and
external disturbances It is easy to see from Definitions 4 and 5 that finite-time stable can be
regarded as a special case by setting 0d
32 1L performance analysis
In this section we will consider the problem of 1L finite-time boundedness of positive
switched system (3)
Theorem 2 Consider system (3) for a given time constant fT and two vectors 0 if
there exist positive vectors pv p and p p M and positive constants p 1 2
3 and 4 such that (5) and the following inequalities hold
1 2 1 2 1 2 0p p p pn p p pn p p pnΨ diag ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ (22)
2 Tprb (23)
22 3 4 1 fT
e e d e
(24)
where
T
pr pr p p pr pr pr pra v v c (1 )T
pr dpr p pra v h
m a x pp M
T
pr pr p prb v e 12 r n n
pr dpr pr pr pra a b c e represents the r th column vector of the matrix p dp p p pA A B C E
and 1 2 T
p p p pnv v v v 1 2
T
p p p pn 1 2 T
p p p pn
then under the following average dwell time scheme
11
21 2 3 4
ln lnmax
ln lnf
fa a T
T μT T
e e e d
(25)
the system is 1L finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t where 1μ
satisfies (8)
Proof (4) can be directly derived from (22) Setting in Theorem 1 we can obtain from
(5) (24) and (25) that system (3) is finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t
Choosing the piecewise co-positive type Lyapunov-Krasovskii functional (9) and following the
proof line of Theorem 1 we can get from the condition (22) that
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 0p p pV t V t z t w t (26)
Let ( ) ( ) ( )w s z s s then for 1[ )k kt t t (26) gives rise to
( ) ( )( ) ( )
( ) ( )( ) ( ) ( ) t k tk k
kk
tt t t s
t t kt
V t e V t e s ds
(27)
Following the proof line of (16) for any [0 )ft T we can obtain
( ) ( )(0 ) ( )( )
( ) (0)0
( ) (0) ( ) t ttN t N s tt t s
tV t e V e s ds
Under the zero initial condition we have
( ) ( )( ) ( )( ) ( )
0 0( ) ( ) t t
t tN s t N s tt s t se z s ds e w s ds (28)
Multiplying both sides of (28) by ( ) (0 )tN t
leads to
( ) ( )(0 ) (0 )( ) ( )
0 0( ) ( ) t t
t tN s N st s t se z s ds e w s ds
Noting that ( ) (0 )t
a
sN s
T and
lnaT
we have
( ) ( )
0 0( ) ( )
t tt s s t se e z s ds e w s ds (29)
Let ft T then multiplying both sides of (29) by fT
e
leads to
2
0 0( ) ( )
f fT Tse z s ds w s ds
Setting 2 according to Definition 6 we can conclude that the claim of the theorem is true
12
The proof is completed
33 1L controller design
Consider system (1) under the controller ( )( ) ( )tu t K x t the corresponding closed-loop
system is given by
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ( )) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) [ 0]
t t t d t t
t t t t
x t A G K x t A x t d t B w t
z t C D K x t E w t
x
(30)
By Lemma 1 to guarantee the positivity of system (30) p p pA G K should be Metzler
matrices and 0p p pC D K p M
Theorem 3 Consider system (1) for a given time constant fT and two vectors 0 if
there exist positive vectors pv p and p p M and positive constants p 1 2
3 and 4 such that (5) (23) (24) and the following conditions are satisfied
p p pA G K are Metzler matrices 0p p pC D K (31)
1 2 1 2 1 2 0p p p pn p p pn p p pndiag (32)
where
T
pr pr p pr p pr pr pr pr pra v g v c f
(1 ) T
pr dpr p pra v h max pp M
T
pr pr p prb v e 12 r n n
T Tp p p pg K G v p p pF D K pr dpr pr pr pr pra a b c e f
represents the r th column vector
of matrix p dp p p p pA A B C E F prg represents the r th element of vector pg and
1 2 T
p p p pnv v v v 1 2 T
p p p pn 1 2 T
p p p pn
then under the average dwell time scheme (25) the resulting closed-loop system (30) is 1L
finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t where 1μ satisfies (8)
13
Proof Replacing pA
and pC in (22) with p p pA G K and p p pC D K respectively and
letting T T
p p p pg K G v and p p pF D K we can get (32)
The proof is completed
We are now in a position to present an algorithm for constructing the state feedback controller
gain matrices pK p M
Algorithm
Step 1 Input the matrices pΑ dpΑ pG pB pC pD
and pE
Step 2 By adjusting the parameters p we can obtain the solutions pv p p p pg F
such that (5) (23) (24) and (31) hold
Step 3 By T T
p p p pg K G v we can compute pK and then p p pF D K is obtained If
0p pF F p p pA G K are Metzler matrices and 0p p pC D K then pK are
admissible Otherwise return to Step 2
4 Numerical Example
Consider system (1) with parameters as follows
1 1 1
4 1 2 01 02 02 01
1 3 2 02 01 02 02
1 2 35 01 01 02 02
dA A B
1 1 1 1
03 02
04 01 03 02 02 06 05 03
05 02
G C D E
14
2 2 2
2 2 2 2
5 2 2 02 02 01 02
3 5 2 02 01 01 01
1 2 3 01 02 01 02
02 01
03 01 01 03 02 02 03 02
01 02
dA A B
G C D E
Choosing 10fT 1 03 2 03 01 01h 2 4 25T
10
001d 001 001 001T
and solving the inequalities in Theorem 3 we get
1
94939
151328
160609
v
2
115015
121141
160666
v
1
68860
61238
95759
2
73265
77388
46553
1
54118
47900
46451
2
26719
25244
22634
1
06343
05065
05126
g
2
02851
02590
02357
g
1
06343
05065
05126
F
2
02851
02590
02357
F
By T T
p p p pg K G v 12p we obtain
1
00325 00259 00263
00127 00101 00103K
2
00244 00222 00202
00181 00164 00149K
It is easy to verify that p p p pF F D K p p pA G K
are Metzler matrices and
0p p pC D K
From (8) and (25) we have 21028 and 45679aT Choosing 46aT
simulation results are shown in Figs 1-3 where (0) [012 01 01]Tx ( ) 0x
[ 0) and
05( ) 005 tw t e Fig1 depicts the switching signal The state trajectory of the
closed-loop system with the average dwell time 46aT is shown in Fig2 Fig 3 plots the
15
evolution of ( )Tx t it can be seen that the closed-loop system is 1L finite-time bounded with
respect to ( ( ))fT d t
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 100
1
2
3
Time(s)
Syste
m m
od
e
Fig1 Switching signal
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1001
015
02
025
03
035
04
045
05
Time(s)
Sta
te r
esp
on
se
x1
x2
x3
Fig2 State trajectory of the closed-loop system
16
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 103
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12x 10
-3
Time(s)
xT(t)ε
Fig3 The evolution of ( )Tx t
5 Conclusions
Finite-time boundedness and L1 finite-time boundedness for a class of positive switched linear
systems have been investigated in this paper Some sufficient conditions have been provided for
the finite-time stability of positive switched linear systems and the L1 finite-time boundedness is
also studied Bases on the results obtained the state feedback controllers and a class of switching
signals with the average dwell time are designed to guarantee that the closed-loop system is
finite-time stable with L1-gain performance In our further work we will extend the proposed
method to discrete-time positive switched systems with time-varying delay
Acknowledgment
This work was supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China under Grant No
61273120
References
[1] P D Berk J R Bloomer R B Howe and N I Berlin Constitutional hepatic dysfunction
17
(Gilberts syndrome) Am J Med 49(3) (1970) pp 296-305
[2] E R Carson C Cobelli and L Finkelstein Modeling and identification of metabolic
systems Am J Physiol 240(3) (1981) pp R120-R129
[3] H Caswell Matrix Population Models Construction Analysis and Interpretation
Sunderland MA Sinauer Assoc (2001)
[4] L Caccetta L R Foulds and V G Rumchev A positive linear discrete-time model of
capacity planning and its controllability properties Math Comput Model 40(1-2) (2004)
pp 217-226
[5] R Shorten D Leith J Foy and R Kilduff Analysis and design of AIMD congestion control
algorithms in communication networks Automatica 41(4) (2005) pp 725-730
[6] R Shorten F Wirth and D Leith A positive systems model of TCP-like congestion control
Asymptotic results IEEEACM Trans Netw 14(3) (2006) pp 616-629
[7] R Shorten D Leith J Foy and R Kilduff Towards an analysis and design framework for
congestion control in communication networks in Proc 12th Yale Workshop Adapt Learn
Syst (2003)
[8] A Jadbabaie J Lin and A S Morse Coordination of groups of mobile autonomous agents
using nearest neighbor rules IEEE Trans Autom Control 48(6) (2003) pp 988-1001
[9] T Kaczorek The choice of the forms of Lyapunov functions for a positive 2D Roesser model
Int J Applied Math Comp Sci 17(4) (2007) pp 471-475
[10] L Benvenuti A D Santis and L Farina Positive systems Lecture Notes in Control and
Information Sciences Berlin Germany Springer-Verlag (2003)
[11] T Kaczorek A realization problem for positive continuous-time systems with reduced
18
numbers of delays Int J Applied Math Comp Sci 16(3) (2006) pp 325-331
[12] M Rami F Tadeo A Benzaouia Control of constrained positive discrete systems in Proc
Am Control Conf New York USA (2007) pp 5851-5856
[13] M Rami F Tadeo Positive observation problem for linear discrete positive systems in Proc
45th IEEE Conf Dec Control San Diego USA (2006) pp 4729-4733
[14] H R Karimi H Gao New delay-dependent exponential Hinfin synchronization for uncertain
neural networks with mixed time delays IEEE Trans Syst Man Cybern B Cybern 40(1)
(2010) pp 173-185
[15] X Liu Constrained control of positive systems with delays IEEE Trans Autom Control
54(7) (2009) pp 1596-1600
[16] X Liu W Yu and L Wang Stability analysis of positive systems with bounded time-varying
delays IEEE Trans Circuits Syst II 56(7) (2009) pp 600-604
[17] Z R Xiang and R H Wang Robust control for uncertain switched non-linear systems with
time delay under asynchronous switching IET Control Theory Appl 3(8) (2009) pp
1041-1050
[18] D Du B Jiang and P Shi Robust l2 - linfin filter for uncertain discrete-time switched
time-delay systems Circuits Syst Signal Process 29(5) (2010) pp 925-940
[19] Y W Wang H O Wang J W Xiao and Z H Guan Synchronization of complex
dynamical networks under recoverable attacks Automatica 46(1) (2010) pp 197-203
[20] Y W Wang T Bian J W Xiao and Y Huang Robust synchronization of complex switched
networks with parametric uncertainties and two types of delays Int J Robust Nonlinear
Control 23(2) (2013) pp 190-207
19
[21] M Tang Y W Wang C Wen Improved delay-range-dependent stability criteria for linear
systems with interval time-varying delays IET Control Theory Appl 6(6) (2012) pp
868-873
[22] X Zhao L Zhang and P Shi Stability of a class of switched positive linear time-delay
systems Int J Robust Nonlinear Control 23(5) (2013) pp 578-589
[23] X Liu C Dang Stability analysis of positive switched linear systems with delays IEEE
Trans Autom Control 56(7) (2011) pp 1684-1690
[24] E Fornasini M Valcher Stability and stabilizability of special classes of discrete-time
positive switched systems in Proc Am Control Conf San Francisco USA (2011) pp
2619-2624
[25] L Gurvits R Shorten O Mason On the stability of switched positive liner systems IEEE
Trans Autom Control 52(6) (2007) pp 1009-1103
[26] F Knorn O Mason R Shorten On linear co-positive Lyapunov functions for sets of linear
positive systems Automatica 45(8) (2009) pp 1943-1947
[27] X Liu Stability analysis of switched positive systems a switched linear co-positive
Lyapunov function method IEEE Trans Circuits Syst II 56(5) (2009) pp 414-418
[28] X Lin H Du and S Li Finite-time boundedness and L2-gain analysis for switched delay
systems with norm-bounded disturbance Appl Math Comp 217(12) (2011) pp 5982-
5993
[29] L Weiss and E F Infante Finite-time stability under perturbing forces and on product spaces
IEEE Trans Autom Control 12(1) (1967) pp 54-59
[30] A N Michel and S H Wu Stability of discrete systems over a finite interval of time Int J
20
Control 9(6) (1969) pp 679-693
[31] P Dorato Short time stability in linear time-varying systems in Proc IRE Int Conv Record
New York (1961) pp 83-87
[32] Z Xiang Y Sun M S Mahmoud Robust finite-time Hinfin control for a class of uncertain
switched neutral systems Commun Nonlinear Sci Numer Simulat 17(2012) pp
1766-1778
[33] W Xiang and J Xiao Hinfin finite-time control for switched nonlinear discrete-time systems
with norm-bounded disturbance J Franklin Institute 348(2) (2010) pp 331-352
[34] H Du X Lin and S Li Finite-time stability and stabilization of switched linear systems
Joint 48th IEEE Conf Dec Control and 28th Chinese Control Conf Shanghai (2009) pp
1938-1943
[35] H Liu Y Shen Hinfin finite-time control for switched linear systems with time-varying delay
Intel Control Auto 2(3) (2011) pp 203-213
[36] Y Shen H Liu Finite-time stabilization of switched time-delay system via dynamic output
feedback control Mechanical Engin Tech AISC 125 (2012) pp 523-528
[37] G Chen and Y Yang Finite-time stabilization of switched positive linear systems Int J
Robust Nonlinear Control (2012) DOI 101002rnc2870
[38] L Hetel J Daafouz C Iung Stability analysis for discrete time switched systems with
temporary uncertain switching signal in Proc 46th IEEE Conf Dec Control New Orleans
LA (2007) pp 5623-5628
[39] P Li J Lam and Z Shu Hinfin positive filtering for positive linear discrete-time systems an
augmentation approach IEEE Trans Autom Control 55(10) (2010) pp 2337-2342
21
[40] M S Mahmoud and P Shi Asynchronous Hinfin filtering of discrete-time systems Signal
Process 92(10) (2012) pp 2356-2364
1
Finite-time L1 control for positive switched linear
systems with time-varying delay
Mei XIANG Zhengrong XIANG
School of Automation Nanjing University of Science and Technology
Nanjing 210094 Peoplersquos Republic of China
Corresponding author e-mail xiangzrmailnjusteducn
Highlights
1 Some sufficient conditions for the existence of finite-time boundedness for
positive switched linear systems with time-varying delay are proposed
2 1L performance analysis for positive switched linear systems is investigated
via the average dwell time approach
3 A state memory feedback controller is designed to stabilize the time-delay
positive switched system such that the corresponding closed-loop system is
1L finite-time bounded
4
Consider the following positive switched linear systems with time-varying delay
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ( )) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) [ 0]
t d t t t
t t t
x t A x t A x t d t G u t B w t
z t C x t D u t E w t
x
(1)
where ( ) nx t R ( ) mu t R and ( ) zz t R
denote the state control input and controlled
output respectively ( ) lw t R is the
disturbance input satisfying
0( ) 0
fT
w t dt d d (2)
( ) [0 )t 12 M M is the switching signal with M being the number of
subsystems pΑ dpΑ pG pB pC pD
and pE p M are constant matrices with
appropriate dimensions ( ) is the initial condition on [ 0]
0 0 0t is the initial
time and qt denotes the q th switching instant )(td
denotes the time-varying delay satisfying
)(0 td htd )( where and h are positive scalars
Next we will give the positive definition for the following switched system
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ( )) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) 0
t d t t
t t
x t A x t A x t d t B w t
z t C x t E w t
x
(3)
Definition 1 System (3) is said to be positive if for any initial conditions ( ) 0 0
( ) 0w t and any switching signals ( )t the corresponding trajectory 0)( tx
and 0)( tz
hold for all 0t
Definition 2 [38] A is called a Metzler matrix if the off-diagonal entries of the matrix A are
non-negative
The following lemma can be obtained from Lemma 3 in [39] and Proposition 1 in [22]
Lemma 1 System (3) is positive if and only if pA p M are Metzler matrices and
0 0 0 0dp p p pA B C E p M
5
Definition 3 [40] For any switching signals ( )t and any 012 TT let ( ) 1 2( )tN T T
denotes the number of switching of ( )t over the interval 1 2[ )T T For given 0aT and
0 0N if the inequality
2 1( ) 1 2 0( )t
a
T TN T T N
T
holds then the positive constant aT is called an average dwell time and 0N is called a
chattering bound As commonly used in the literature we choose 0 0N in this paper
Now we are in a position to give the definitions of finite-time stability finite-time boundedness
and finite-time 1L boundedness for the positive switched system (3)
Definition 4 (Finite-time stability) For a given time constant fT and two vectors 0
switched system (3) with ( ) 0w t is said to be finite-time stable with respect to
( ( ))fT t if 1)(sup0
txT ( ) 1Tx t [0 ]ft T If the above condition is
satisfied for any switching signals ( )t system (3) is said to be uniformly finite-time stable with
respect to ( )fT
Remark 1 As can be seen from Definition 4 the concept of finite-time stability is different from
the one of Lyapunov asymptotic stability A Lyapunov asymptotically stable switched system may
not be finite-time stable because its states may exceed the prescribed bounds during the interval
time
Definition 5 (Finite-time boundedness) For a given time constant fT and two vectors
0 positive switched system (3) is said to be finite-time bounded with respect to
( ( ))fT d t where ( )w t satisfies (2) if 1)(sup0
txT ( ) 1Tx t
[0 ]ft T
Definition 6 (Finite-time 1L boundedness) For a given time constant fT positive switched
6
system (3) is said to be 1L finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t if the
following conditions are satisfied
1) Positive switched system (3) is finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t
2) Under zero-initial condition ( ) 0 0 the output ( )z t satisfies
0 0( ) ( )
f fT Tte z t dt w t dt
where 0 0 and ( )w t satisfies (2)
The aim of this paper is to find a class of switching signals ( )t and determine a state
feedback controller ( )( ) ( )tu t K x t for positive switched system (1) such that the
corresponding closed-loop system is 1L finite-time bounded
3 Main Results
31 Finite-time stability and boundedness analysis
This section will focus on the problem of finite-time boundedness for positive switched system
(3)
Theorem 1 Consider system (3) for a given time constant fT and two vectors 0 if
there exist positive vectors pv p and p p M and positive constants p 1 2 3
and 4 such that the following inequalities hold
1 2 1 2 0p p p pn p p pnΨ diag ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ (4)
1 2 3 4 p p pv (5)
22 3 4 1 fT
e e d e
(6)
where
prprprpp
T
prpr vva prp
T
dprpr hva )1(
m a x pp M
12 r n n
7
( )pr dpra a represents the r th column vector of the matrix ( )p dpA A and
1 2 T
p p p pnv v v v 1 2 T
p p p pn 1 2 T
p p p pn
then under the following average dwell time scheme
21 2 3 4
ln
ln lnf
fa a T
T μT T
e e e d
(7)
the system is finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t where
( )max ( )pp l M
12l l p is the th element of the vector 2
Tp pB
and 1μ satisfies
p q p q p qv v μ p q M (8)
Proof Choose the following piecewise co-positive type Lyapunov-Krasovskii functional for
system (3)
( )( ) ( ( )tV t V t x t
(9)
the form of each ( ( )pV t x t ( p M ) is given by
1 2 3( ( )) ( ( )) ( ( )) ( ( ))p p p pV t x t V t x t V t x t V t x t
where
1( ( )) ( ) T
p pV t x t x t v
( )
2( )
( ( )) ( ) pt t s T
p pt d t
V t x t e x s ds
0 ( )
3( ( )) ( ) pt t s T
p pt
V t x t e x s dsd
and n
p p pv R p M
For the sake of simplicity ( ( ))pV t x t is written as ( )pV t in this paper
Along the trajectory of system (3) we have
1( ) ( ) ( ) ( ( )) ( ) T T T T T T Tp p p p dp p p pV t x t v x t A v x t d t A v w t B v (10)
8
( ) ( )
2( )
( )
( )
( ) ( ) ( ) (1 ( )) ( ( ))
( ) ( ) (1 ) ( ( ))
p p
p
t t s d tT T Tp p p p p
t d t
t t s T T Tp p p p
t d t
V t e x s ds x t d t e x t d t
e x s ds x t h x t d t
(11)
0 0( )
3-
0 ( )
- ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
p p
p
t t s T T Tp p p p p
t
t tt s T T Tp p p p
t t d t
V t e x s dsd x t e x t d
e x s dsd x t x s ds
(12)
Combining (10)-(12) leads to
( ) ( ) ( )( )
( ( ))( (1 ) )
( )
T Tp p p p p p p p p
T Tdp p p
T Tp p
V t V t x t A v v
x t d t A v h
w t B v
(13)
According to (5) and (13) we can easily obtain
2( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) T T T Tp p p p p pV t V t w t B v w t B (14)
Denoting 2T
p pB it follows from (14) that for 1[ )k kt t t
( ) ( )( ) ( )
( ) ( )( ) ( ) ( ) t k tk k
kk
tt t t s T
t t k pt
V t e V t e w s ds
(15)
Let N be the switching number of ( )t over [0 )fT and denote 1 2 Nt t t as the
switching instants over the interval [0 )fT Then for [0 )ft T we obtain from (8) that
( ) ( )
1 2
11
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( )( )
( ) 1 ( )
(0) (0) ( )0
( )
(
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
(0) ( ) ( )
( )
t N tN N
N NN
N
NN N
tt t t s T
t t k tt
tt t t s T
N tt t
t tN t N t s T N t s T
tt
t s T
t
V t e V t e w s ds
e V t e w s ds
e V e w s ds e w s ds
e w s
( )
)
( ) ( )
(0) ( )0
(0) ( )0
(0)
(0) ( )
(0) ( )
(0)
NN
f t
f f
f
t
t
tT N s tN t s T
s
tT TN N T
s
TN
ds
e V e w s ds
e V e w s ds
e V d
(16)
Considering the definition of ( ) ( )tV t it yields that
( ) 1( ) ( ) T
tV t x t (17)
9
2
(0) 2 3 40 0
2
2 3 40
2
2 3 4
(0) (0) sup ( ) sup ( )
sup ( )
T T T
T
V x e x e x
e e x
e e
(18)
Combining (16)-(18) we obtain
ln
( )2
2 3 4
1
1( )
fa
TTTx t e e e d
(19)
Substituting (7) into (19) we have
( ) 1Tx t
According to Definition 5 we can conclude that the positive switched system (3) is finite-time
bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t
The proof is completed
Remark 2 In the proof of Theorem 1 there is no requirement of negative definitiveness on
( ) ( )tV t which is different from the case of classical Lyapunov stability In addition when
1 in (7) one obtains 0aT which means that the switching signal can be arbitrary
When the exogenous noise signal ( ) 0w t the result on finite-time stability can be obtained
as follows
Corollary 1 Consider system (3) with ( ) 0w t for a given time constant fT and two vectors
0 if there exist positive vectors pv p and p p M and positive constants p
1 2 3 and 4 such that (4) (5) and the following inequality
22 3 4 1 fT
e e e
(20)
holds then under the following average dwell time scheme
21 2 3 4
ln
ln( ) lnf
f
a a T
TT T
e e e
(21)
the system is finite-time stable with respect to ( ( ))fT t where max pp M
and
10
1μ satisfies (8)
Remark 3 The general idea of finite-time stability concerns the boundedness of the state of a
system over a finite interval for given initial conditions The idea of finite-time bondedness on the
other hand concerns the behavior of the state in the presence of both given initial conditions and
external disturbances It is easy to see from Definitions 4 and 5 that finite-time stable can be
regarded as a special case by setting 0d
32 1L performance analysis
In this section we will consider the problem of 1L finite-time boundedness of positive
switched system (3)
Theorem 2 Consider system (3) for a given time constant fT and two vectors 0 if
there exist positive vectors pv p and p p M and positive constants p 1 2
3 and 4 such that (5) and the following inequalities hold
1 2 1 2 1 2 0p p p pn p p pn p p pnΨ diag ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ (22)
2 Tprb (23)
22 3 4 1 fT
e e d e
(24)
where
T
pr pr p p pr pr pr pra v v c (1 )T
pr dpr p pra v h
m a x pp M
T
pr pr p prb v e 12 r n n
pr dpr pr pr pra a b c e represents the r th column vector of the matrix p dp p p pA A B C E
and 1 2 T
p p p pnv v v v 1 2
T
p p p pn 1 2 T
p p p pn
then under the following average dwell time scheme
11
21 2 3 4
ln lnmax
ln lnf
fa a T
T μT T
e e e d
(25)
the system is 1L finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t where 1μ
satisfies (8)
Proof (4) can be directly derived from (22) Setting in Theorem 1 we can obtain from
(5) (24) and (25) that system (3) is finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t
Choosing the piecewise co-positive type Lyapunov-Krasovskii functional (9) and following the
proof line of Theorem 1 we can get from the condition (22) that
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 0p p pV t V t z t w t (26)
Let ( ) ( ) ( )w s z s s then for 1[ )k kt t t (26) gives rise to
( ) ( )( ) ( )
( ) ( )( ) ( ) ( ) t k tk k
kk
tt t t s
t t kt
V t e V t e s ds
(27)
Following the proof line of (16) for any [0 )ft T we can obtain
( ) ( )(0 ) ( )( )
( ) (0)0
( ) (0) ( ) t ttN t N s tt t s
tV t e V e s ds
Under the zero initial condition we have
( ) ( )( ) ( )( ) ( )
0 0( ) ( ) t t
t tN s t N s tt s t se z s ds e w s ds (28)
Multiplying both sides of (28) by ( ) (0 )tN t
leads to
( ) ( )(0 ) (0 )( ) ( )
0 0( ) ( ) t t
t tN s N st s t se z s ds e w s ds
Noting that ( ) (0 )t
a
sN s
T and
lnaT
we have
( ) ( )
0 0( ) ( )
t tt s s t se e z s ds e w s ds (29)
Let ft T then multiplying both sides of (29) by fT
e
leads to
2
0 0( ) ( )
f fT Tse z s ds w s ds
Setting 2 according to Definition 6 we can conclude that the claim of the theorem is true
12
The proof is completed
33 1L controller design
Consider system (1) under the controller ( )( ) ( )tu t K x t the corresponding closed-loop
system is given by
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ( )) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) [ 0]
t t t d t t
t t t t
x t A G K x t A x t d t B w t
z t C D K x t E w t
x
(30)
By Lemma 1 to guarantee the positivity of system (30) p p pA G K should be Metzler
matrices and 0p p pC D K p M
Theorem 3 Consider system (1) for a given time constant fT and two vectors 0 if
there exist positive vectors pv p and p p M and positive constants p 1 2
3 and 4 such that (5) (23) (24) and the following conditions are satisfied
p p pA G K are Metzler matrices 0p p pC D K (31)
1 2 1 2 1 2 0p p p pn p p pn p p pndiag (32)
where
T
pr pr p pr p pr pr pr pr pra v g v c f
(1 ) T
pr dpr p pra v h max pp M
T
pr pr p prb v e 12 r n n
T Tp p p pg K G v p p pF D K pr dpr pr pr pr pra a b c e f
represents the r th column vector
of matrix p dp p p p pA A B C E F prg represents the r th element of vector pg and
1 2 T
p p p pnv v v v 1 2 T
p p p pn 1 2 T
p p p pn
then under the average dwell time scheme (25) the resulting closed-loop system (30) is 1L
finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t where 1μ satisfies (8)
13
Proof Replacing pA
and pC in (22) with p p pA G K and p p pC D K respectively and
letting T T
p p p pg K G v and p p pF D K we can get (32)
The proof is completed
We are now in a position to present an algorithm for constructing the state feedback controller
gain matrices pK p M
Algorithm
Step 1 Input the matrices pΑ dpΑ pG pB pC pD
and pE
Step 2 By adjusting the parameters p we can obtain the solutions pv p p p pg F
such that (5) (23) (24) and (31) hold
Step 3 By T T
p p p pg K G v we can compute pK and then p p pF D K is obtained If
0p pF F p p pA G K are Metzler matrices and 0p p pC D K then pK are
admissible Otherwise return to Step 2
4 Numerical Example
Consider system (1) with parameters as follows
1 1 1
4 1 2 01 02 02 01
1 3 2 02 01 02 02
1 2 35 01 01 02 02
dA A B
1 1 1 1
03 02
04 01 03 02 02 06 05 03
05 02
G C D E
14
2 2 2
2 2 2 2
5 2 2 02 02 01 02
3 5 2 02 01 01 01
1 2 3 01 02 01 02
02 01
03 01 01 03 02 02 03 02
01 02
dA A B
G C D E
Choosing 10fT 1 03 2 03 01 01h 2 4 25T
10
001d 001 001 001T
and solving the inequalities in Theorem 3 we get
1
94939
151328
160609
v
2
115015
121141
160666
v
1
68860
61238
95759
2
73265
77388
46553
1
54118
47900
46451
2
26719
25244
22634
1
06343
05065
05126
g
2
02851
02590
02357
g
1
06343
05065
05126
F
2
02851
02590
02357
F
By T T
p p p pg K G v 12p we obtain
1
00325 00259 00263
00127 00101 00103K
2
00244 00222 00202
00181 00164 00149K
It is easy to verify that p p p pF F D K p p pA G K
are Metzler matrices and
0p p pC D K
From (8) and (25) we have 21028 and 45679aT Choosing 46aT
simulation results are shown in Figs 1-3 where (0) [012 01 01]Tx ( ) 0x
[ 0) and
05( ) 005 tw t e Fig1 depicts the switching signal The state trajectory of the
closed-loop system with the average dwell time 46aT is shown in Fig2 Fig 3 plots the
15
evolution of ( )Tx t it can be seen that the closed-loop system is 1L finite-time bounded with
respect to ( ( ))fT d t
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 100
1
2
3
Time(s)
Syste
m m
od
e
Fig1 Switching signal
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1001
015
02
025
03
035
04
045
05
Time(s)
Sta
te r
esp
on
se
x1
x2
x3
Fig2 State trajectory of the closed-loop system
16
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 103
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12x 10
-3
Time(s)
xT(t)ε
Fig3 The evolution of ( )Tx t
5 Conclusions
Finite-time boundedness and L1 finite-time boundedness for a class of positive switched linear
systems have been investigated in this paper Some sufficient conditions have been provided for
the finite-time stability of positive switched linear systems and the L1 finite-time boundedness is
also studied Bases on the results obtained the state feedback controllers and a class of switching
signals with the average dwell time are designed to guarantee that the closed-loop system is
finite-time stable with L1-gain performance In our further work we will extend the proposed
method to discrete-time positive switched systems with time-varying delay
Acknowledgment
This work was supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China under Grant No
61273120
References
[1] P D Berk J R Bloomer R B Howe and N I Berlin Constitutional hepatic dysfunction
17
(Gilberts syndrome) Am J Med 49(3) (1970) pp 296-305
[2] E R Carson C Cobelli and L Finkelstein Modeling and identification of metabolic
systems Am J Physiol 240(3) (1981) pp R120-R129
[3] H Caswell Matrix Population Models Construction Analysis and Interpretation
Sunderland MA Sinauer Assoc (2001)
[4] L Caccetta L R Foulds and V G Rumchev A positive linear discrete-time model of
capacity planning and its controllability properties Math Comput Model 40(1-2) (2004)
pp 217-226
[5] R Shorten D Leith J Foy and R Kilduff Analysis and design of AIMD congestion control
algorithms in communication networks Automatica 41(4) (2005) pp 725-730
[6] R Shorten F Wirth and D Leith A positive systems model of TCP-like congestion control
Asymptotic results IEEEACM Trans Netw 14(3) (2006) pp 616-629
[7] R Shorten D Leith J Foy and R Kilduff Towards an analysis and design framework for
congestion control in communication networks in Proc 12th Yale Workshop Adapt Learn
Syst (2003)
[8] A Jadbabaie J Lin and A S Morse Coordination of groups of mobile autonomous agents
using nearest neighbor rules IEEE Trans Autom Control 48(6) (2003) pp 988-1001
[9] T Kaczorek The choice of the forms of Lyapunov functions for a positive 2D Roesser model
Int J Applied Math Comp Sci 17(4) (2007) pp 471-475
[10] L Benvenuti A D Santis and L Farina Positive systems Lecture Notes in Control and
Information Sciences Berlin Germany Springer-Verlag (2003)
[11] T Kaczorek A realization problem for positive continuous-time systems with reduced
18
numbers of delays Int J Applied Math Comp Sci 16(3) (2006) pp 325-331
[12] M Rami F Tadeo A Benzaouia Control of constrained positive discrete systems in Proc
Am Control Conf New York USA (2007) pp 5851-5856
[13] M Rami F Tadeo Positive observation problem for linear discrete positive systems in Proc
45th IEEE Conf Dec Control San Diego USA (2006) pp 4729-4733
[14] H R Karimi H Gao New delay-dependent exponential Hinfin synchronization for uncertain
neural networks with mixed time delays IEEE Trans Syst Man Cybern B Cybern 40(1)
(2010) pp 173-185
[15] X Liu Constrained control of positive systems with delays IEEE Trans Autom Control
54(7) (2009) pp 1596-1600
[16] X Liu W Yu and L Wang Stability analysis of positive systems with bounded time-varying
delays IEEE Trans Circuits Syst II 56(7) (2009) pp 600-604
[17] Z R Xiang and R H Wang Robust control for uncertain switched non-linear systems with
time delay under asynchronous switching IET Control Theory Appl 3(8) (2009) pp
1041-1050
[18] D Du B Jiang and P Shi Robust l2 - linfin filter for uncertain discrete-time switched
time-delay systems Circuits Syst Signal Process 29(5) (2010) pp 925-940
[19] Y W Wang H O Wang J W Xiao and Z H Guan Synchronization of complex
dynamical networks under recoverable attacks Automatica 46(1) (2010) pp 197-203
[20] Y W Wang T Bian J W Xiao and Y Huang Robust synchronization of complex switched
networks with parametric uncertainties and two types of delays Int J Robust Nonlinear
Control 23(2) (2013) pp 190-207
19
[21] M Tang Y W Wang C Wen Improved delay-range-dependent stability criteria for linear
systems with interval time-varying delays IET Control Theory Appl 6(6) (2012) pp
868-873
[22] X Zhao L Zhang and P Shi Stability of a class of switched positive linear time-delay
systems Int J Robust Nonlinear Control 23(5) (2013) pp 578-589
[23] X Liu C Dang Stability analysis of positive switched linear systems with delays IEEE
Trans Autom Control 56(7) (2011) pp 1684-1690
[24] E Fornasini M Valcher Stability and stabilizability of special classes of discrete-time
positive switched systems in Proc Am Control Conf San Francisco USA (2011) pp
2619-2624
[25] L Gurvits R Shorten O Mason On the stability of switched positive liner systems IEEE
Trans Autom Control 52(6) (2007) pp 1009-1103
[26] F Knorn O Mason R Shorten On linear co-positive Lyapunov functions for sets of linear
positive systems Automatica 45(8) (2009) pp 1943-1947
[27] X Liu Stability analysis of switched positive systems a switched linear co-positive
Lyapunov function method IEEE Trans Circuits Syst II 56(5) (2009) pp 414-418
[28] X Lin H Du and S Li Finite-time boundedness and L2-gain analysis for switched delay
systems with norm-bounded disturbance Appl Math Comp 217(12) (2011) pp 5982-
5993
[29] L Weiss and E F Infante Finite-time stability under perturbing forces and on product spaces
IEEE Trans Autom Control 12(1) (1967) pp 54-59
[30] A N Michel and S H Wu Stability of discrete systems over a finite interval of time Int J
20
Control 9(6) (1969) pp 679-693
[31] P Dorato Short time stability in linear time-varying systems in Proc IRE Int Conv Record
New York (1961) pp 83-87
[32] Z Xiang Y Sun M S Mahmoud Robust finite-time Hinfin control for a class of uncertain
switched neutral systems Commun Nonlinear Sci Numer Simulat 17(2012) pp
1766-1778
[33] W Xiang and J Xiao Hinfin finite-time control for switched nonlinear discrete-time systems
with norm-bounded disturbance J Franklin Institute 348(2) (2010) pp 331-352
[34] H Du X Lin and S Li Finite-time stability and stabilization of switched linear systems
Joint 48th IEEE Conf Dec Control and 28th Chinese Control Conf Shanghai (2009) pp
1938-1943
[35] H Liu Y Shen Hinfin finite-time control for switched linear systems with time-varying delay
Intel Control Auto 2(3) (2011) pp 203-213
[36] Y Shen H Liu Finite-time stabilization of switched time-delay system via dynamic output
feedback control Mechanical Engin Tech AISC 125 (2012) pp 523-528
[37] G Chen and Y Yang Finite-time stabilization of switched positive linear systems Int J
Robust Nonlinear Control (2012) DOI 101002rnc2870
[38] L Hetel J Daafouz C Iung Stability analysis for discrete time switched systems with
temporary uncertain switching signal in Proc 46th IEEE Conf Dec Control New Orleans
LA (2007) pp 5623-5628
[39] P Li J Lam and Z Shu Hinfin positive filtering for positive linear discrete-time systems an
augmentation approach IEEE Trans Autom Control 55(10) (2010) pp 2337-2342
21
[40] M S Mahmoud and P Shi Asynchronous Hinfin filtering of discrete-time systems Signal
Process 92(10) (2012) pp 2356-2364
1
Finite-time L1 control for positive switched linear
systems with time-varying delay
Mei XIANG Zhengrong XIANG
School of Automation Nanjing University of Science and Technology
Nanjing 210094 Peoplersquos Republic of China
Corresponding author e-mail xiangzrmailnjusteducn
Highlights
1 Some sufficient conditions for the existence of finite-time boundedness for
positive switched linear systems with time-varying delay are proposed
2 1L performance analysis for positive switched linear systems is investigated
via the average dwell time approach
3 A state memory feedback controller is designed to stabilize the time-delay
positive switched system such that the corresponding closed-loop system is
1L finite-time bounded
5
Definition 3 [40] For any switching signals ( )t and any 012 TT let ( ) 1 2( )tN T T
denotes the number of switching of ( )t over the interval 1 2[ )T T For given 0aT and
0 0N if the inequality
2 1( ) 1 2 0( )t
a
T TN T T N
T
holds then the positive constant aT is called an average dwell time and 0N is called a
chattering bound As commonly used in the literature we choose 0 0N in this paper
Now we are in a position to give the definitions of finite-time stability finite-time boundedness
and finite-time 1L boundedness for the positive switched system (3)
Definition 4 (Finite-time stability) For a given time constant fT and two vectors 0
switched system (3) with ( ) 0w t is said to be finite-time stable with respect to
( ( ))fT t if 1)(sup0
txT ( ) 1Tx t [0 ]ft T If the above condition is
satisfied for any switching signals ( )t system (3) is said to be uniformly finite-time stable with
respect to ( )fT
Remark 1 As can be seen from Definition 4 the concept of finite-time stability is different from
the one of Lyapunov asymptotic stability A Lyapunov asymptotically stable switched system may
not be finite-time stable because its states may exceed the prescribed bounds during the interval
time
Definition 5 (Finite-time boundedness) For a given time constant fT and two vectors
0 positive switched system (3) is said to be finite-time bounded with respect to
( ( ))fT d t where ( )w t satisfies (2) if 1)(sup0
txT ( ) 1Tx t
[0 ]ft T
Definition 6 (Finite-time 1L boundedness) For a given time constant fT positive switched
6
system (3) is said to be 1L finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t if the
following conditions are satisfied
1) Positive switched system (3) is finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t
2) Under zero-initial condition ( ) 0 0 the output ( )z t satisfies
0 0( ) ( )
f fT Tte z t dt w t dt
where 0 0 and ( )w t satisfies (2)
The aim of this paper is to find a class of switching signals ( )t and determine a state
feedback controller ( )( ) ( )tu t K x t for positive switched system (1) such that the
corresponding closed-loop system is 1L finite-time bounded
3 Main Results
31 Finite-time stability and boundedness analysis
This section will focus on the problem of finite-time boundedness for positive switched system
(3)
Theorem 1 Consider system (3) for a given time constant fT and two vectors 0 if
there exist positive vectors pv p and p p M and positive constants p 1 2 3
and 4 such that the following inequalities hold
1 2 1 2 0p p p pn p p pnΨ diag ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ (4)
1 2 3 4 p p pv (5)
22 3 4 1 fT
e e d e
(6)
where
prprprpp
T
prpr vva prp
T
dprpr hva )1(
m a x pp M
12 r n n
7
( )pr dpra a represents the r th column vector of the matrix ( )p dpA A and
1 2 T
p p p pnv v v v 1 2 T
p p p pn 1 2 T
p p p pn
then under the following average dwell time scheme
21 2 3 4
ln
ln lnf
fa a T
T μT T
e e e d
(7)
the system is finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t where
( )max ( )pp l M
12l l p is the th element of the vector 2
Tp pB
and 1μ satisfies
p q p q p qv v μ p q M (8)
Proof Choose the following piecewise co-positive type Lyapunov-Krasovskii functional for
system (3)
( )( ) ( ( )tV t V t x t
(9)
the form of each ( ( )pV t x t ( p M ) is given by
1 2 3( ( )) ( ( )) ( ( )) ( ( ))p p p pV t x t V t x t V t x t V t x t
where
1( ( )) ( ) T
p pV t x t x t v
( )
2( )
( ( )) ( ) pt t s T
p pt d t
V t x t e x s ds
0 ( )
3( ( )) ( ) pt t s T
p pt
V t x t e x s dsd
and n
p p pv R p M
For the sake of simplicity ( ( ))pV t x t is written as ( )pV t in this paper
Along the trajectory of system (3) we have
1( ) ( ) ( ) ( ( )) ( ) T T T T T T Tp p p p dp p p pV t x t v x t A v x t d t A v w t B v (10)
8
( ) ( )
2( )
( )
( )
( ) ( ) ( ) (1 ( )) ( ( ))
( ) ( ) (1 ) ( ( ))
p p
p
t t s d tT T Tp p p p p
t d t
t t s T T Tp p p p
t d t
V t e x s ds x t d t e x t d t
e x s ds x t h x t d t
(11)
0 0( )
3-
0 ( )
- ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
p p
p
t t s T T Tp p p p p
t
t tt s T T Tp p p p
t t d t
V t e x s dsd x t e x t d
e x s dsd x t x s ds
(12)
Combining (10)-(12) leads to
( ) ( ) ( )( )
( ( ))( (1 ) )
( )
T Tp p p p p p p p p
T Tdp p p
T Tp p
V t V t x t A v v
x t d t A v h
w t B v
(13)
According to (5) and (13) we can easily obtain
2( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) T T T Tp p p p p pV t V t w t B v w t B (14)
Denoting 2T
p pB it follows from (14) that for 1[ )k kt t t
( ) ( )( ) ( )
( ) ( )( ) ( ) ( ) t k tk k
kk
tt t t s T
t t k pt
V t e V t e w s ds
(15)
Let N be the switching number of ( )t over [0 )fT and denote 1 2 Nt t t as the
switching instants over the interval [0 )fT Then for [0 )ft T we obtain from (8) that
( ) ( )
1 2
11
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( )( )
( ) 1 ( )
(0) (0) ( )0
( )
(
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
(0) ( ) ( )
( )
t N tN N
N NN
N
NN N
tt t t s T
t t k tt
tt t t s T
N tt t
t tN t N t s T N t s T
tt
t s T
t
V t e V t e w s ds
e V t e w s ds
e V e w s ds e w s ds
e w s
( )
)
( ) ( )
(0) ( )0
(0) ( )0
(0)
(0) ( )
(0) ( )
(0)
NN
f t
f f
f
t
t
tT N s tN t s T
s
tT TN N T
s
TN
ds
e V e w s ds
e V e w s ds
e V d
(16)
Considering the definition of ( ) ( )tV t it yields that
( ) 1( ) ( ) T
tV t x t (17)
9
2
(0) 2 3 40 0
2
2 3 40
2
2 3 4
(0) (0) sup ( ) sup ( )
sup ( )
T T T
T
V x e x e x
e e x
e e
(18)
Combining (16)-(18) we obtain
ln
( )2
2 3 4
1
1( )
fa
TTTx t e e e d
(19)
Substituting (7) into (19) we have
( ) 1Tx t
According to Definition 5 we can conclude that the positive switched system (3) is finite-time
bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t
The proof is completed
Remark 2 In the proof of Theorem 1 there is no requirement of negative definitiveness on
( ) ( )tV t which is different from the case of classical Lyapunov stability In addition when
1 in (7) one obtains 0aT which means that the switching signal can be arbitrary
When the exogenous noise signal ( ) 0w t the result on finite-time stability can be obtained
as follows
Corollary 1 Consider system (3) with ( ) 0w t for a given time constant fT and two vectors
0 if there exist positive vectors pv p and p p M and positive constants p
1 2 3 and 4 such that (4) (5) and the following inequality
22 3 4 1 fT
e e e
(20)
holds then under the following average dwell time scheme
21 2 3 4
ln
ln( ) lnf
f
a a T
TT T
e e e
(21)
the system is finite-time stable with respect to ( ( ))fT t where max pp M
and
10
1μ satisfies (8)
Remark 3 The general idea of finite-time stability concerns the boundedness of the state of a
system over a finite interval for given initial conditions The idea of finite-time bondedness on the
other hand concerns the behavior of the state in the presence of both given initial conditions and
external disturbances It is easy to see from Definitions 4 and 5 that finite-time stable can be
regarded as a special case by setting 0d
32 1L performance analysis
In this section we will consider the problem of 1L finite-time boundedness of positive
switched system (3)
Theorem 2 Consider system (3) for a given time constant fT and two vectors 0 if
there exist positive vectors pv p and p p M and positive constants p 1 2
3 and 4 such that (5) and the following inequalities hold
1 2 1 2 1 2 0p p p pn p p pn p p pnΨ diag ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ (22)
2 Tprb (23)
22 3 4 1 fT
e e d e
(24)
where
T
pr pr p p pr pr pr pra v v c (1 )T
pr dpr p pra v h
m a x pp M
T
pr pr p prb v e 12 r n n
pr dpr pr pr pra a b c e represents the r th column vector of the matrix p dp p p pA A B C E
and 1 2 T
p p p pnv v v v 1 2
T
p p p pn 1 2 T
p p p pn
then under the following average dwell time scheme
11
21 2 3 4
ln lnmax
ln lnf
fa a T
T μT T
e e e d
(25)
the system is 1L finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t where 1μ
satisfies (8)
Proof (4) can be directly derived from (22) Setting in Theorem 1 we can obtain from
(5) (24) and (25) that system (3) is finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t
Choosing the piecewise co-positive type Lyapunov-Krasovskii functional (9) and following the
proof line of Theorem 1 we can get from the condition (22) that
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 0p p pV t V t z t w t (26)
Let ( ) ( ) ( )w s z s s then for 1[ )k kt t t (26) gives rise to
( ) ( )( ) ( )
( ) ( )( ) ( ) ( ) t k tk k
kk
tt t t s
t t kt
V t e V t e s ds
(27)
Following the proof line of (16) for any [0 )ft T we can obtain
( ) ( )(0 ) ( )( )
( ) (0)0
( ) (0) ( ) t ttN t N s tt t s
tV t e V e s ds
Under the zero initial condition we have
( ) ( )( ) ( )( ) ( )
0 0( ) ( ) t t
t tN s t N s tt s t se z s ds e w s ds (28)
Multiplying both sides of (28) by ( ) (0 )tN t
leads to
( ) ( )(0 ) (0 )( ) ( )
0 0( ) ( ) t t
t tN s N st s t se z s ds e w s ds
Noting that ( ) (0 )t
a
sN s
T and
lnaT
we have
( ) ( )
0 0( ) ( )
t tt s s t se e z s ds e w s ds (29)
Let ft T then multiplying both sides of (29) by fT
e
leads to
2
0 0( ) ( )
f fT Tse z s ds w s ds
Setting 2 according to Definition 6 we can conclude that the claim of the theorem is true
12
The proof is completed
33 1L controller design
Consider system (1) under the controller ( )( ) ( )tu t K x t the corresponding closed-loop
system is given by
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ( )) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) [ 0]
t t t d t t
t t t t
x t A G K x t A x t d t B w t
z t C D K x t E w t
x
(30)
By Lemma 1 to guarantee the positivity of system (30) p p pA G K should be Metzler
matrices and 0p p pC D K p M
Theorem 3 Consider system (1) for a given time constant fT and two vectors 0 if
there exist positive vectors pv p and p p M and positive constants p 1 2
3 and 4 such that (5) (23) (24) and the following conditions are satisfied
p p pA G K are Metzler matrices 0p p pC D K (31)
1 2 1 2 1 2 0p p p pn p p pn p p pndiag (32)
where
T
pr pr p pr p pr pr pr pr pra v g v c f
(1 ) T
pr dpr p pra v h max pp M
T
pr pr p prb v e 12 r n n
T Tp p p pg K G v p p pF D K pr dpr pr pr pr pra a b c e f
represents the r th column vector
of matrix p dp p p p pA A B C E F prg represents the r th element of vector pg and
1 2 T
p p p pnv v v v 1 2 T
p p p pn 1 2 T
p p p pn
then under the average dwell time scheme (25) the resulting closed-loop system (30) is 1L
finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t where 1μ satisfies (8)
13
Proof Replacing pA
and pC in (22) with p p pA G K and p p pC D K respectively and
letting T T
p p p pg K G v and p p pF D K we can get (32)
The proof is completed
We are now in a position to present an algorithm for constructing the state feedback controller
gain matrices pK p M
Algorithm
Step 1 Input the matrices pΑ dpΑ pG pB pC pD
and pE
Step 2 By adjusting the parameters p we can obtain the solutions pv p p p pg F
such that (5) (23) (24) and (31) hold
Step 3 By T T
p p p pg K G v we can compute pK and then p p pF D K is obtained If
0p pF F p p pA G K are Metzler matrices and 0p p pC D K then pK are
admissible Otherwise return to Step 2
4 Numerical Example
Consider system (1) with parameters as follows
1 1 1
4 1 2 01 02 02 01
1 3 2 02 01 02 02
1 2 35 01 01 02 02
dA A B
1 1 1 1
03 02
04 01 03 02 02 06 05 03
05 02
G C D E
14
2 2 2
2 2 2 2
5 2 2 02 02 01 02
3 5 2 02 01 01 01
1 2 3 01 02 01 02
02 01
03 01 01 03 02 02 03 02
01 02
dA A B
G C D E
Choosing 10fT 1 03 2 03 01 01h 2 4 25T
10
001d 001 001 001T
and solving the inequalities in Theorem 3 we get
1
94939
151328
160609
v
2
115015
121141
160666
v
1
68860
61238
95759
2
73265
77388
46553
1
54118
47900
46451
2
26719
25244
22634
1
06343
05065
05126
g
2
02851
02590
02357
g
1
06343
05065
05126
F
2
02851
02590
02357
F
By T T
p p p pg K G v 12p we obtain
1
00325 00259 00263
00127 00101 00103K
2
00244 00222 00202
00181 00164 00149K
It is easy to verify that p p p pF F D K p p pA G K
are Metzler matrices and
0p p pC D K
From (8) and (25) we have 21028 and 45679aT Choosing 46aT
simulation results are shown in Figs 1-3 where (0) [012 01 01]Tx ( ) 0x
[ 0) and
05( ) 005 tw t e Fig1 depicts the switching signal The state trajectory of the
closed-loop system with the average dwell time 46aT is shown in Fig2 Fig 3 plots the
15
evolution of ( )Tx t it can be seen that the closed-loop system is 1L finite-time bounded with
respect to ( ( ))fT d t
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 100
1
2
3
Time(s)
Syste
m m
od
e
Fig1 Switching signal
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1001
015
02
025
03
035
04
045
05
Time(s)
Sta
te r
esp
on
se
x1
x2
x3
Fig2 State trajectory of the closed-loop system
16
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 103
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12x 10
-3
Time(s)
xT(t)ε
Fig3 The evolution of ( )Tx t
5 Conclusions
Finite-time boundedness and L1 finite-time boundedness for a class of positive switched linear
systems have been investigated in this paper Some sufficient conditions have been provided for
the finite-time stability of positive switched linear systems and the L1 finite-time boundedness is
also studied Bases on the results obtained the state feedback controllers and a class of switching
signals with the average dwell time are designed to guarantee that the closed-loop system is
finite-time stable with L1-gain performance In our further work we will extend the proposed
method to discrete-time positive switched systems with time-varying delay
Acknowledgment
This work was supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China under Grant No
61273120
References
[1] P D Berk J R Bloomer R B Howe and N I Berlin Constitutional hepatic dysfunction
17
(Gilberts syndrome) Am J Med 49(3) (1970) pp 296-305
[2] E R Carson C Cobelli and L Finkelstein Modeling and identification of metabolic
systems Am J Physiol 240(3) (1981) pp R120-R129
[3] H Caswell Matrix Population Models Construction Analysis and Interpretation
Sunderland MA Sinauer Assoc (2001)
[4] L Caccetta L R Foulds and V G Rumchev A positive linear discrete-time model of
capacity planning and its controllability properties Math Comput Model 40(1-2) (2004)
pp 217-226
[5] R Shorten D Leith J Foy and R Kilduff Analysis and design of AIMD congestion control
algorithms in communication networks Automatica 41(4) (2005) pp 725-730
[6] R Shorten F Wirth and D Leith A positive systems model of TCP-like congestion control
Asymptotic results IEEEACM Trans Netw 14(3) (2006) pp 616-629
[7] R Shorten D Leith J Foy and R Kilduff Towards an analysis and design framework for
congestion control in communication networks in Proc 12th Yale Workshop Adapt Learn
Syst (2003)
[8] A Jadbabaie J Lin and A S Morse Coordination of groups of mobile autonomous agents
using nearest neighbor rules IEEE Trans Autom Control 48(6) (2003) pp 988-1001
[9] T Kaczorek The choice of the forms of Lyapunov functions for a positive 2D Roesser model
Int J Applied Math Comp Sci 17(4) (2007) pp 471-475
[10] L Benvenuti A D Santis and L Farina Positive systems Lecture Notes in Control and
Information Sciences Berlin Germany Springer-Verlag (2003)
[11] T Kaczorek A realization problem for positive continuous-time systems with reduced
18
numbers of delays Int J Applied Math Comp Sci 16(3) (2006) pp 325-331
[12] M Rami F Tadeo A Benzaouia Control of constrained positive discrete systems in Proc
Am Control Conf New York USA (2007) pp 5851-5856
[13] M Rami F Tadeo Positive observation problem for linear discrete positive systems in Proc
45th IEEE Conf Dec Control San Diego USA (2006) pp 4729-4733
[14] H R Karimi H Gao New delay-dependent exponential Hinfin synchronization for uncertain
neural networks with mixed time delays IEEE Trans Syst Man Cybern B Cybern 40(1)
(2010) pp 173-185
[15] X Liu Constrained control of positive systems with delays IEEE Trans Autom Control
54(7) (2009) pp 1596-1600
[16] X Liu W Yu and L Wang Stability analysis of positive systems with bounded time-varying
delays IEEE Trans Circuits Syst II 56(7) (2009) pp 600-604
[17] Z R Xiang and R H Wang Robust control for uncertain switched non-linear systems with
time delay under asynchronous switching IET Control Theory Appl 3(8) (2009) pp
1041-1050
[18] D Du B Jiang and P Shi Robust l2 - linfin filter for uncertain discrete-time switched
time-delay systems Circuits Syst Signal Process 29(5) (2010) pp 925-940
[19] Y W Wang H O Wang J W Xiao and Z H Guan Synchronization of complex
dynamical networks under recoverable attacks Automatica 46(1) (2010) pp 197-203
[20] Y W Wang T Bian J W Xiao and Y Huang Robust synchronization of complex switched
networks with parametric uncertainties and two types of delays Int J Robust Nonlinear
Control 23(2) (2013) pp 190-207
19
[21] M Tang Y W Wang C Wen Improved delay-range-dependent stability criteria for linear
systems with interval time-varying delays IET Control Theory Appl 6(6) (2012) pp
868-873
[22] X Zhao L Zhang and P Shi Stability of a class of switched positive linear time-delay
systems Int J Robust Nonlinear Control 23(5) (2013) pp 578-589
[23] X Liu C Dang Stability analysis of positive switched linear systems with delays IEEE
Trans Autom Control 56(7) (2011) pp 1684-1690
[24] E Fornasini M Valcher Stability and stabilizability of special classes of discrete-time
positive switched systems in Proc Am Control Conf San Francisco USA (2011) pp
2619-2624
[25] L Gurvits R Shorten O Mason On the stability of switched positive liner systems IEEE
Trans Autom Control 52(6) (2007) pp 1009-1103
[26] F Knorn O Mason R Shorten On linear co-positive Lyapunov functions for sets of linear
positive systems Automatica 45(8) (2009) pp 1943-1947
[27] X Liu Stability analysis of switched positive systems a switched linear co-positive
Lyapunov function method IEEE Trans Circuits Syst II 56(5) (2009) pp 414-418
[28] X Lin H Du and S Li Finite-time boundedness and L2-gain analysis for switched delay
systems with norm-bounded disturbance Appl Math Comp 217(12) (2011) pp 5982-
5993
[29] L Weiss and E F Infante Finite-time stability under perturbing forces and on product spaces
IEEE Trans Autom Control 12(1) (1967) pp 54-59
[30] A N Michel and S H Wu Stability of discrete systems over a finite interval of time Int J
20
Control 9(6) (1969) pp 679-693
[31] P Dorato Short time stability in linear time-varying systems in Proc IRE Int Conv Record
New York (1961) pp 83-87
[32] Z Xiang Y Sun M S Mahmoud Robust finite-time Hinfin control for a class of uncertain
switched neutral systems Commun Nonlinear Sci Numer Simulat 17(2012) pp
1766-1778
[33] W Xiang and J Xiao Hinfin finite-time control for switched nonlinear discrete-time systems
with norm-bounded disturbance J Franklin Institute 348(2) (2010) pp 331-352
[34] H Du X Lin and S Li Finite-time stability and stabilization of switched linear systems
Joint 48th IEEE Conf Dec Control and 28th Chinese Control Conf Shanghai (2009) pp
1938-1943
[35] H Liu Y Shen Hinfin finite-time control for switched linear systems with time-varying delay
Intel Control Auto 2(3) (2011) pp 203-213
[36] Y Shen H Liu Finite-time stabilization of switched time-delay system via dynamic output
feedback control Mechanical Engin Tech AISC 125 (2012) pp 523-528
[37] G Chen and Y Yang Finite-time stabilization of switched positive linear systems Int J
Robust Nonlinear Control (2012) DOI 101002rnc2870
[38] L Hetel J Daafouz C Iung Stability analysis for discrete time switched systems with
temporary uncertain switching signal in Proc 46th IEEE Conf Dec Control New Orleans
LA (2007) pp 5623-5628
[39] P Li J Lam and Z Shu Hinfin positive filtering for positive linear discrete-time systems an
augmentation approach IEEE Trans Autom Control 55(10) (2010) pp 2337-2342
21
[40] M S Mahmoud and P Shi Asynchronous Hinfin filtering of discrete-time systems Signal
Process 92(10) (2012) pp 2356-2364
1
Finite-time L1 control for positive switched linear
systems with time-varying delay
Mei XIANG Zhengrong XIANG
School of Automation Nanjing University of Science and Technology
Nanjing 210094 Peoplersquos Republic of China
Corresponding author e-mail xiangzrmailnjusteducn
Highlights
1 Some sufficient conditions for the existence of finite-time boundedness for
positive switched linear systems with time-varying delay are proposed
2 1L performance analysis for positive switched linear systems is investigated
via the average dwell time approach
3 A state memory feedback controller is designed to stabilize the time-delay
positive switched system such that the corresponding closed-loop system is
1L finite-time bounded
6
system (3) is said to be 1L finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t if the
following conditions are satisfied
1) Positive switched system (3) is finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t
2) Under zero-initial condition ( ) 0 0 the output ( )z t satisfies
0 0( ) ( )
f fT Tte z t dt w t dt
where 0 0 and ( )w t satisfies (2)
The aim of this paper is to find a class of switching signals ( )t and determine a state
feedback controller ( )( ) ( )tu t K x t for positive switched system (1) such that the
corresponding closed-loop system is 1L finite-time bounded
3 Main Results
31 Finite-time stability and boundedness analysis
This section will focus on the problem of finite-time boundedness for positive switched system
(3)
Theorem 1 Consider system (3) for a given time constant fT and two vectors 0 if
there exist positive vectors pv p and p p M and positive constants p 1 2 3
and 4 such that the following inequalities hold
1 2 1 2 0p p p pn p p pnΨ diag ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ (4)
1 2 3 4 p p pv (5)
22 3 4 1 fT
e e d e
(6)
where
prprprpp
T
prpr vva prp
T
dprpr hva )1(
m a x pp M
12 r n n
7
( )pr dpra a represents the r th column vector of the matrix ( )p dpA A and
1 2 T
p p p pnv v v v 1 2 T
p p p pn 1 2 T
p p p pn
then under the following average dwell time scheme
21 2 3 4
ln
ln lnf
fa a T
T μT T
e e e d
(7)
the system is finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t where
( )max ( )pp l M
12l l p is the th element of the vector 2
Tp pB
and 1μ satisfies
p q p q p qv v μ p q M (8)
Proof Choose the following piecewise co-positive type Lyapunov-Krasovskii functional for
system (3)
( )( ) ( ( )tV t V t x t
(9)
the form of each ( ( )pV t x t ( p M ) is given by
1 2 3( ( )) ( ( )) ( ( )) ( ( ))p p p pV t x t V t x t V t x t V t x t
where
1( ( )) ( ) T
p pV t x t x t v
( )
2( )
( ( )) ( ) pt t s T
p pt d t
V t x t e x s ds
0 ( )
3( ( )) ( ) pt t s T
p pt
V t x t e x s dsd
and n
p p pv R p M
For the sake of simplicity ( ( ))pV t x t is written as ( )pV t in this paper
Along the trajectory of system (3) we have
1( ) ( ) ( ) ( ( )) ( ) T T T T T T Tp p p p dp p p pV t x t v x t A v x t d t A v w t B v (10)
8
( ) ( )
2( )
( )
( )
( ) ( ) ( ) (1 ( )) ( ( ))
( ) ( ) (1 ) ( ( ))
p p
p
t t s d tT T Tp p p p p
t d t
t t s T T Tp p p p
t d t
V t e x s ds x t d t e x t d t
e x s ds x t h x t d t
(11)
0 0( )
3-
0 ( )
- ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
p p
p
t t s T T Tp p p p p
t
t tt s T T Tp p p p
t t d t
V t e x s dsd x t e x t d
e x s dsd x t x s ds
(12)
Combining (10)-(12) leads to
( ) ( ) ( )( )
( ( ))( (1 ) )
( )
T Tp p p p p p p p p
T Tdp p p
T Tp p
V t V t x t A v v
x t d t A v h
w t B v
(13)
According to (5) and (13) we can easily obtain
2( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) T T T Tp p p p p pV t V t w t B v w t B (14)
Denoting 2T
p pB it follows from (14) that for 1[ )k kt t t
( ) ( )( ) ( )
( ) ( )( ) ( ) ( ) t k tk k
kk
tt t t s T
t t k pt
V t e V t e w s ds
(15)
Let N be the switching number of ( )t over [0 )fT and denote 1 2 Nt t t as the
switching instants over the interval [0 )fT Then for [0 )ft T we obtain from (8) that
( ) ( )
1 2
11
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( )( )
( ) 1 ( )
(0) (0) ( )0
( )
(
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
(0) ( ) ( )
( )
t N tN N
N NN
N
NN N
tt t t s T
t t k tt
tt t t s T
N tt t
t tN t N t s T N t s T
tt
t s T
t
V t e V t e w s ds
e V t e w s ds
e V e w s ds e w s ds
e w s
( )
)
( ) ( )
(0) ( )0
(0) ( )0
(0)
(0) ( )
(0) ( )
(0)
NN
f t
f f
f
t
t
tT N s tN t s T
s
tT TN N T
s
TN
ds
e V e w s ds
e V e w s ds
e V d
(16)
Considering the definition of ( ) ( )tV t it yields that
( ) 1( ) ( ) T
tV t x t (17)
9
2
(0) 2 3 40 0
2
2 3 40
2
2 3 4
(0) (0) sup ( ) sup ( )
sup ( )
T T T
T
V x e x e x
e e x
e e
(18)
Combining (16)-(18) we obtain
ln
( )2
2 3 4
1
1( )
fa
TTTx t e e e d
(19)
Substituting (7) into (19) we have
( ) 1Tx t
According to Definition 5 we can conclude that the positive switched system (3) is finite-time
bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t
The proof is completed
Remark 2 In the proof of Theorem 1 there is no requirement of negative definitiveness on
( ) ( )tV t which is different from the case of classical Lyapunov stability In addition when
1 in (7) one obtains 0aT which means that the switching signal can be arbitrary
When the exogenous noise signal ( ) 0w t the result on finite-time stability can be obtained
as follows
Corollary 1 Consider system (3) with ( ) 0w t for a given time constant fT and two vectors
0 if there exist positive vectors pv p and p p M and positive constants p
1 2 3 and 4 such that (4) (5) and the following inequality
22 3 4 1 fT
e e e
(20)
holds then under the following average dwell time scheme
21 2 3 4
ln
ln( ) lnf
f
a a T
TT T
e e e
(21)
the system is finite-time stable with respect to ( ( ))fT t where max pp M
and
10
1μ satisfies (8)
Remark 3 The general idea of finite-time stability concerns the boundedness of the state of a
system over a finite interval for given initial conditions The idea of finite-time bondedness on the
other hand concerns the behavior of the state in the presence of both given initial conditions and
external disturbances It is easy to see from Definitions 4 and 5 that finite-time stable can be
regarded as a special case by setting 0d
32 1L performance analysis
In this section we will consider the problem of 1L finite-time boundedness of positive
switched system (3)
Theorem 2 Consider system (3) for a given time constant fT and two vectors 0 if
there exist positive vectors pv p and p p M and positive constants p 1 2
3 and 4 such that (5) and the following inequalities hold
1 2 1 2 1 2 0p p p pn p p pn p p pnΨ diag ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ (22)
2 Tprb (23)
22 3 4 1 fT
e e d e
(24)
where
T
pr pr p p pr pr pr pra v v c (1 )T
pr dpr p pra v h
m a x pp M
T
pr pr p prb v e 12 r n n
pr dpr pr pr pra a b c e represents the r th column vector of the matrix p dp p p pA A B C E
and 1 2 T
p p p pnv v v v 1 2
T
p p p pn 1 2 T
p p p pn
then under the following average dwell time scheme
11
21 2 3 4
ln lnmax
ln lnf
fa a T
T μT T
e e e d
(25)
the system is 1L finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t where 1μ
satisfies (8)
Proof (4) can be directly derived from (22) Setting in Theorem 1 we can obtain from
(5) (24) and (25) that system (3) is finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t
Choosing the piecewise co-positive type Lyapunov-Krasovskii functional (9) and following the
proof line of Theorem 1 we can get from the condition (22) that
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 0p p pV t V t z t w t (26)
Let ( ) ( ) ( )w s z s s then for 1[ )k kt t t (26) gives rise to
( ) ( )( ) ( )
( ) ( )( ) ( ) ( ) t k tk k
kk
tt t t s
t t kt
V t e V t e s ds
(27)
Following the proof line of (16) for any [0 )ft T we can obtain
( ) ( )(0 ) ( )( )
( ) (0)0
( ) (0) ( ) t ttN t N s tt t s
tV t e V e s ds
Under the zero initial condition we have
( ) ( )( ) ( )( ) ( )
0 0( ) ( ) t t
t tN s t N s tt s t se z s ds e w s ds (28)
Multiplying both sides of (28) by ( ) (0 )tN t
leads to
( ) ( )(0 ) (0 )( ) ( )
0 0( ) ( ) t t
t tN s N st s t se z s ds e w s ds
Noting that ( ) (0 )t
a
sN s
T and
lnaT
we have
( ) ( )
0 0( ) ( )
t tt s s t se e z s ds e w s ds (29)
Let ft T then multiplying both sides of (29) by fT
e
leads to
2
0 0( ) ( )
f fT Tse z s ds w s ds
Setting 2 according to Definition 6 we can conclude that the claim of the theorem is true
12
The proof is completed
33 1L controller design
Consider system (1) under the controller ( )( ) ( )tu t K x t the corresponding closed-loop
system is given by
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ( )) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) [ 0]
t t t d t t
t t t t
x t A G K x t A x t d t B w t
z t C D K x t E w t
x
(30)
By Lemma 1 to guarantee the positivity of system (30) p p pA G K should be Metzler
matrices and 0p p pC D K p M
Theorem 3 Consider system (1) for a given time constant fT and two vectors 0 if
there exist positive vectors pv p and p p M and positive constants p 1 2
3 and 4 such that (5) (23) (24) and the following conditions are satisfied
p p pA G K are Metzler matrices 0p p pC D K (31)
1 2 1 2 1 2 0p p p pn p p pn p p pndiag (32)
where
T
pr pr p pr p pr pr pr pr pra v g v c f
(1 ) T
pr dpr p pra v h max pp M
T
pr pr p prb v e 12 r n n
T Tp p p pg K G v p p pF D K pr dpr pr pr pr pra a b c e f
represents the r th column vector
of matrix p dp p p p pA A B C E F prg represents the r th element of vector pg and
1 2 T
p p p pnv v v v 1 2 T
p p p pn 1 2 T
p p p pn
then under the average dwell time scheme (25) the resulting closed-loop system (30) is 1L
finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t where 1μ satisfies (8)
13
Proof Replacing pA
and pC in (22) with p p pA G K and p p pC D K respectively and
letting T T
p p p pg K G v and p p pF D K we can get (32)
The proof is completed
We are now in a position to present an algorithm for constructing the state feedback controller
gain matrices pK p M
Algorithm
Step 1 Input the matrices pΑ dpΑ pG pB pC pD
and pE
Step 2 By adjusting the parameters p we can obtain the solutions pv p p p pg F
such that (5) (23) (24) and (31) hold
Step 3 By T T
p p p pg K G v we can compute pK and then p p pF D K is obtained If
0p pF F p p pA G K are Metzler matrices and 0p p pC D K then pK are
admissible Otherwise return to Step 2
4 Numerical Example
Consider system (1) with parameters as follows
1 1 1
4 1 2 01 02 02 01
1 3 2 02 01 02 02
1 2 35 01 01 02 02
dA A B
1 1 1 1
03 02
04 01 03 02 02 06 05 03
05 02
G C D E
14
2 2 2
2 2 2 2
5 2 2 02 02 01 02
3 5 2 02 01 01 01
1 2 3 01 02 01 02
02 01
03 01 01 03 02 02 03 02
01 02
dA A B
G C D E
Choosing 10fT 1 03 2 03 01 01h 2 4 25T
10
001d 001 001 001T
and solving the inequalities in Theorem 3 we get
1
94939
151328
160609
v
2
115015
121141
160666
v
1
68860
61238
95759
2
73265
77388
46553
1
54118
47900
46451
2
26719
25244
22634
1
06343
05065
05126
g
2
02851
02590
02357
g
1
06343
05065
05126
F
2
02851
02590
02357
F
By T T
p p p pg K G v 12p we obtain
1
00325 00259 00263
00127 00101 00103K
2
00244 00222 00202
00181 00164 00149K
It is easy to verify that p p p pF F D K p p pA G K
are Metzler matrices and
0p p pC D K
From (8) and (25) we have 21028 and 45679aT Choosing 46aT
simulation results are shown in Figs 1-3 where (0) [012 01 01]Tx ( ) 0x
[ 0) and
05( ) 005 tw t e Fig1 depicts the switching signal The state trajectory of the
closed-loop system with the average dwell time 46aT is shown in Fig2 Fig 3 plots the
15
evolution of ( )Tx t it can be seen that the closed-loop system is 1L finite-time bounded with
respect to ( ( ))fT d t
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 100
1
2
3
Time(s)
Syste
m m
od
e
Fig1 Switching signal
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1001
015
02
025
03
035
04
045
05
Time(s)
Sta
te r
esp
on
se
x1
x2
x3
Fig2 State trajectory of the closed-loop system
16
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 103
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12x 10
-3
Time(s)
xT(t)ε
Fig3 The evolution of ( )Tx t
5 Conclusions
Finite-time boundedness and L1 finite-time boundedness for a class of positive switched linear
systems have been investigated in this paper Some sufficient conditions have been provided for
the finite-time stability of positive switched linear systems and the L1 finite-time boundedness is
also studied Bases on the results obtained the state feedback controllers and a class of switching
signals with the average dwell time are designed to guarantee that the closed-loop system is
finite-time stable with L1-gain performance In our further work we will extend the proposed
method to discrete-time positive switched systems with time-varying delay
Acknowledgment
This work was supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China under Grant No
61273120
References
[1] P D Berk J R Bloomer R B Howe and N I Berlin Constitutional hepatic dysfunction
17
(Gilberts syndrome) Am J Med 49(3) (1970) pp 296-305
[2] E R Carson C Cobelli and L Finkelstein Modeling and identification of metabolic
systems Am J Physiol 240(3) (1981) pp R120-R129
[3] H Caswell Matrix Population Models Construction Analysis and Interpretation
Sunderland MA Sinauer Assoc (2001)
[4] L Caccetta L R Foulds and V G Rumchev A positive linear discrete-time model of
capacity planning and its controllability properties Math Comput Model 40(1-2) (2004)
pp 217-226
[5] R Shorten D Leith J Foy and R Kilduff Analysis and design of AIMD congestion control
algorithms in communication networks Automatica 41(4) (2005) pp 725-730
[6] R Shorten F Wirth and D Leith A positive systems model of TCP-like congestion control
Asymptotic results IEEEACM Trans Netw 14(3) (2006) pp 616-629
[7] R Shorten D Leith J Foy and R Kilduff Towards an analysis and design framework for
congestion control in communication networks in Proc 12th Yale Workshop Adapt Learn
Syst (2003)
[8] A Jadbabaie J Lin and A S Morse Coordination of groups of mobile autonomous agents
using nearest neighbor rules IEEE Trans Autom Control 48(6) (2003) pp 988-1001
[9] T Kaczorek The choice of the forms of Lyapunov functions for a positive 2D Roesser model
Int J Applied Math Comp Sci 17(4) (2007) pp 471-475
[10] L Benvenuti A D Santis and L Farina Positive systems Lecture Notes in Control and
Information Sciences Berlin Germany Springer-Verlag (2003)
[11] T Kaczorek A realization problem for positive continuous-time systems with reduced
18
numbers of delays Int J Applied Math Comp Sci 16(3) (2006) pp 325-331
[12] M Rami F Tadeo A Benzaouia Control of constrained positive discrete systems in Proc
Am Control Conf New York USA (2007) pp 5851-5856
[13] M Rami F Tadeo Positive observation problem for linear discrete positive systems in Proc
45th IEEE Conf Dec Control San Diego USA (2006) pp 4729-4733
[14] H R Karimi H Gao New delay-dependent exponential Hinfin synchronization for uncertain
neural networks with mixed time delays IEEE Trans Syst Man Cybern B Cybern 40(1)
(2010) pp 173-185
[15] X Liu Constrained control of positive systems with delays IEEE Trans Autom Control
54(7) (2009) pp 1596-1600
[16] X Liu W Yu and L Wang Stability analysis of positive systems with bounded time-varying
delays IEEE Trans Circuits Syst II 56(7) (2009) pp 600-604
[17] Z R Xiang and R H Wang Robust control for uncertain switched non-linear systems with
time delay under asynchronous switching IET Control Theory Appl 3(8) (2009) pp
1041-1050
[18] D Du B Jiang and P Shi Robust l2 - linfin filter for uncertain discrete-time switched
time-delay systems Circuits Syst Signal Process 29(5) (2010) pp 925-940
[19] Y W Wang H O Wang J W Xiao and Z H Guan Synchronization of complex
dynamical networks under recoverable attacks Automatica 46(1) (2010) pp 197-203
[20] Y W Wang T Bian J W Xiao and Y Huang Robust synchronization of complex switched
networks with parametric uncertainties and two types of delays Int J Robust Nonlinear
Control 23(2) (2013) pp 190-207
19
[21] M Tang Y W Wang C Wen Improved delay-range-dependent stability criteria for linear
systems with interval time-varying delays IET Control Theory Appl 6(6) (2012) pp
868-873
[22] X Zhao L Zhang and P Shi Stability of a class of switched positive linear time-delay
systems Int J Robust Nonlinear Control 23(5) (2013) pp 578-589
[23] X Liu C Dang Stability analysis of positive switched linear systems with delays IEEE
Trans Autom Control 56(7) (2011) pp 1684-1690
[24] E Fornasini M Valcher Stability and stabilizability of special classes of discrete-time
positive switched systems in Proc Am Control Conf San Francisco USA (2011) pp
2619-2624
[25] L Gurvits R Shorten O Mason On the stability of switched positive liner systems IEEE
Trans Autom Control 52(6) (2007) pp 1009-1103
[26] F Knorn O Mason R Shorten On linear co-positive Lyapunov functions for sets of linear
positive systems Automatica 45(8) (2009) pp 1943-1947
[27] X Liu Stability analysis of switched positive systems a switched linear co-positive
Lyapunov function method IEEE Trans Circuits Syst II 56(5) (2009) pp 414-418
[28] X Lin H Du and S Li Finite-time boundedness and L2-gain analysis for switched delay
systems with norm-bounded disturbance Appl Math Comp 217(12) (2011) pp 5982-
5993
[29] L Weiss and E F Infante Finite-time stability under perturbing forces and on product spaces
IEEE Trans Autom Control 12(1) (1967) pp 54-59
[30] A N Michel and S H Wu Stability of discrete systems over a finite interval of time Int J
20
Control 9(6) (1969) pp 679-693
[31] P Dorato Short time stability in linear time-varying systems in Proc IRE Int Conv Record
New York (1961) pp 83-87
[32] Z Xiang Y Sun M S Mahmoud Robust finite-time Hinfin control for a class of uncertain
switched neutral systems Commun Nonlinear Sci Numer Simulat 17(2012) pp
1766-1778
[33] W Xiang and J Xiao Hinfin finite-time control for switched nonlinear discrete-time systems
with norm-bounded disturbance J Franklin Institute 348(2) (2010) pp 331-352
[34] H Du X Lin and S Li Finite-time stability and stabilization of switched linear systems
Joint 48th IEEE Conf Dec Control and 28th Chinese Control Conf Shanghai (2009) pp
1938-1943
[35] H Liu Y Shen Hinfin finite-time control for switched linear systems with time-varying delay
Intel Control Auto 2(3) (2011) pp 203-213
[36] Y Shen H Liu Finite-time stabilization of switched time-delay system via dynamic output
feedback control Mechanical Engin Tech AISC 125 (2012) pp 523-528
[37] G Chen and Y Yang Finite-time stabilization of switched positive linear systems Int J
Robust Nonlinear Control (2012) DOI 101002rnc2870
[38] L Hetel J Daafouz C Iung Stability analysis for discrete time switched systems with
temporary uncertain switching signal in Proc 46th IEEE Conf Dec Control New Orleans
LA (2007) pp 5623-5628
[39] P Li J Lam and Z Shu Hinfin positive filtering for positive linear discrete-time systems an
augmentation approach IEEE Trans Autom Control 55(10) (2010) pp 2337-2342
21
[40] M S Mahmoud and P Shi Asynchronous Hinfin filtering of discrete-time systems Signal
Process 92(10) (2012) pp 2356-2364
1
Finite-time L1 control for positive switched linear
systems with time-varying delay
Mei XIANG Zhengrong XIANG
School of Automation Nanjing University of Science and Technology
Nanjing 210094 Peoplersquos Republic of China
Corresponding author e-mail xiangzrmailnjusteducn
Highlights
1 Some sufficient conditions for the existence of finite-time boundedness for
positive switched linear systems with time-varying delay are proposed
2 1L performance analysis for positive switched linear systems is investigated
via the average dwell time approach
3 A state memory feedback controller is designed to stabilize the time-delay
positive switched system such that the corresponding closed-loop system is
1L finite-time bounded
7
( )pr dpra a represents the r th column vector of the matrix ( )p dpA A and
1 2 T
p p p pnv v v v 1 2 T
p p p pn 1 2 T
p p p pn
then under the following average dwell time scheme
21 2 3 4
ln
ln lnf
fa a T
T μT T
e e e d
(7)
the system is finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t where
( )max ( )pp l M
12l l p is the th element of the vector 2
Tp pB
and 1μ satisfies
p q p q p qv v μ p q M (8)
Proof Choose the following piecewise co-positive type Lyapunov-Krasovskii functional for
system (3)
( )( ) ( ( )tV t V t x t
(9)
the form of each ( ( )pV t x t ( p M ) is given by
1 2 3( ( )) ( ( )) ( ( )) ( ( ))p p p pV t x t V t x t V t x t V t x t
where
1( ( )) ( ) T
p pV t x t x t v
( )
2( )
( ( )) ( ) pt t s T
p pt d t
V t x t e x s ds
0 ( )
3( ( )) ( ) pt t s T
p pt
V t x t e x s dsd
and n
p p pv R p M
For the sake of simplicity ( ( ))pV t x t is written as ( )pV t in this paper
Along the trajectory of system (3) we have
1( ) ( ) ( ) ( ( )) ( ) T T T T T T Tp p p p dp p p pV t x t v x t A v x t d t A v w t B v (10)
8
( ) ( )
2( )
( )
( )
( ) ( ) ( ) (1 ( )) ( ( ))
( ) ( ) (1 ) ( ( ))
p p
p
t t s d tT T Tp p p p p
t d t
t t s T T Tp p p p
t d t
V t e x s ds x t d t e x t d t
e x s ds x t h x t d t
(11)
0 0( )
3-
0 ( )
- ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
p p
p
t t s T T Tp p p p p
t
t tt s T T Tp p p p
t t d t
V t e x s dsd x t e x t d
e x s dsd x t x s ds
(12)
Combining (10)-(12) leads to
( ) ( ) ( )( )
( ( ))( (1 ) )
( )
T Tp p p p p p p p p
T Tdp p p
T Tp p
V t V t x t A v v
x t d t A v h
w t B v
(13)
According to (5) and (13) we can easily obtain
2( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) T T T Tp p p p p pV t V t w t B v w t B (14)
Denoting 2T
p pB it follows from (14) that for 1[ )k kt t t
( ) ( )( ) ( )
( ) ( )( ) ( ) ( ) t k tk k
kk
tt t t s T
t t k pt
V t e V t e w s ds
(15)
Let N be the switching number of ( )t over [0 )fT and denote 1 2 Nt t t as the
switching instants over the interval [0 )fT Then for [0 )ft T we obtain from (8) that
( ) ( )
1 2
11
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( )( )
( ) 1 ( )
(0) (0) ( )0
( )
(
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
(0) ( ) ( )
( )
t N tN N
N NN
N
NN N
tt t t s T
t t k tt
tt t t s T
N tt t
t tN t N t s T N t s T
tt
t s T
t
V t e V t e w s ds
e V t e w s ds
e V e w s ds e w s ds
e w s
( )
)
( ) ( )
(0) ( )0
(0) ( )0
(0)
(0) ( )
(0) ( )
(0)
NN
f t
f f
f
t
t
tT N s tN t s T
s
tT TN N T
s
TN
ds
e V e w s ds
e V e w s ds
e V d
(16)
Considering the definition of ( ) ( )tV t it yields that
( ) 1( ) ( ) T
tV t x t (17)
9
2
(0) 2 3 40 0
2
2 3 40
2
2 3 4
(0) (0) sup ( ) sup ( )
sup ( )
T T T
T
V x e x e x
e e x
e e
(18)
Combining (16)-(18) we obtain
ln
( )2
2 3 4
1
1( )
fa
TTTx t e e e d
(19)
Substituting (7) into (19) we have
( ) 1Tx t
According to Definition 5 we can conclude that the positive switched system (3) is finite-time
bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t
The proof is completed
Remark 2 In the proof of Theorem 1 there is no requirement of negative definitiveness on
( ) ( )tV t which is different from the case of classical Lyapunov stability In addition when
1 in (7) one obtains 0aT which means that the switching signal can be arbitrary
When the exogenous noise signal ( ) 0w t the result on finite-time stability can be obtained
as follows
Corollary 1 Consider system (3) with ( ) 0w t for a given time constant fT and two vectors
0 if there exist positive vectors pv p and p p M and positive constants p
1 2 3 and 4 such that (4) (5) and the following inequality
22 3 4 1 fT
e e e
(20)
holds then under the following average dwell time scheme
21 2 3 4
ln
ln( ) lnf
f
a a T
TT T
e e e
(21)
the system is finite-time stable with respect to ( ( ))fT t where max pp M
and
10
1μ satisfies (8)
Remark 3 The general idea of finite-time stability concerns the boundedness of the state of a
system over a finite interval for given initial conditions The idea of finite-time bondedness on the
other hand concerns the behavior of the state in the presence of both given initial conditions and
external disturbances It is easy to see from Definitions 4 and 5 that finite-time stable can be
regarded as a special case by setting 0d
32 1L performance analysis
In this section we will consider the problem of 1L finite-time boundedness of positive
switched system (3)
Theorem 2 Consider system (3) for a given time constant fT and two vectors 0 if
there exist positive vectors pv p and p p M and positive constants p 1 2
3 and 4 such that (5) and the following inequalities hold
1 2 1 2 1 2 0p p p pn p p pn p p pnΨ diag ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ (22)
2 Tprb (23)
22 3 4 1 fT
e e d e
(24)
where
T
pr pr p p pr pr pr pra v v c (1 )T
pr dpr p pra v h
m a x pp M
T
pr pr p prb v e 12 r n n
pr dpr pr pr pra a b c e represents the r th column vector of the matrix p dp p p pA A B C E
and 1 2 T
p p p pnv v v v 1 2
T
p p p pn 1 2 T
p p p pn
then under the following average dwell time scheme
11
21 2 3 4
ln lnmax
ln lnf
fa a T
T μT T
e e e d
(25)
the system is 1L finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t where 1μ
satisfies (8)
Proof (4) can be directly derived from (22) Setting in Theorem 1 we can obtain from
(5) (24) and (25) that system (3) is finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t
Choosing the piecewise co-positive type Lyapunov-Krasovskii functional (9) and following the
proof line of Theorem 1 we can get from the condition (22) that
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 0p p pV t V t z t w t (26)
Let ( ) ( ) ( )w s z s s then for 1[ )k kt t t (26) gives rise to
( ) ( )( ) ( )
( ) ( )( ) ( ) ( ) t k tk k
kk
tt t t s
t t kt
V t e V t e s ds
(27)
Following the proof line of (16) for any [0 )ft T we can obtain
( ) ( )(0 ) ( )( )
( ) (0)0
( ) (0) ( ) t ttN t N s tt t s
tV t e V e s ds
Under the zero initial condition we have
( ) ( )( ) ( )( ) ( )
0 0( ) ( ) t t
t tN s t N s tt s t se z s ds e w s ds (28)
Multiplying both sides of (28) by ( ) (0 )tN t
leads to
( ) ( )(0 ) (0 )( ) ( )
0 0( ) ( ) t t
t tN s N st s t se z s ds e w s ds
Noting that ( ) (0 )t
a
sN s
T and
lnaT
we have
( ) ( )
0 0( ) ( )
t tt s s t se e z s ds e w s ds (29)
Let ft T then multiplying both sides of (29) by fT
e
leads to
2
0 0( ) ( )
f fT Tse z s ds w s ds
Setting 2 according to Definition 6 we can conclude that the claim of the theorem is true
12
The proof is completed
33 1L controller design
Consider system (1) under the controller ( )( ) ( )tu t K x t the corresponding closed-loop
system is given by
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ( )) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) [ 0]
t t t d t t
t t t t
x t A G K x t A x t d t B w t
z t C D K x t E w t
x
(30)
By Lemma 1 to guarantee the positivity of system (30) p p pA G K should be Metzler
matrices and 0p p pC D K p M
Theorem 3 Consider system (1) for a given time constant fT and two vectors 0 if
there exist positive vectors pv p and p p M and positive constants p 1 2
3 and 4 such that (5) (23) (24) and the following conditions are satisfied
p p pA G K are Metzler matrices 0p p pC D K (31)
1 2 1 2 1 2 0p p p pn p p pn p p pndiag (32)
where
T
pr pr p pr p pr pr pr pr pra v g v c f
(1 ) T
pr dpr p pra v h max pp M
T
pr pr p prb v e 12 r n n
T Tp p p pg K G v p p pF D K pr dpr pr pr pr pra a b c e f
represents the r th column vector
of matrix p dp p p p pA A B C E F prg represents the r th element of vector pg and
1 2 T
p p p pnv v v v 1 2 T
p p p pn 1 2 T
p p p pn
then under the average dwell time scheme (25) the resulting closed-loop system (30) is 1L
finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t where 1μ satisfies (8)
13
Proof Replacing pA
and pC in (22) with p p pA G K and p p pC D K respectively and
letting T T
p p p pg K G v and p p pF D K we can get (32)
The proof is completed
We are now in a position to present an algorithm for constructing the state feedback controller
gain matrices pK p M
Algorithm
Step 1 Input the matrices pΑ dpΑ pG pB pC pD
and pE
Step 2 By adjusting the parameters p we can obtain the solutions pv p p p pg F
such that (5) (23) (24) and (31) hold
Step 3 By T T
p p p pg K G v we can compute pK and then p p pF D K is obtained If
0p pF F p p pA G K are Metzler matrices and 0p p pC D K then pK are
admissible Otherwise return to Step 2
4 Numerical Example
Consider system (1) with parameters as follows
1 1 1
4 1 2 01 02 02 01
1 3 2 02 01 02 02
1 2 35 01 01 02 02
dA A B
1 1 1 1
03 02
04 01 03 02 02 06 05 03
05 02
G C D E
14
2 2 2
2 2 2 2
5 2 2 02 02 01 02
3 5 2 02 01 01 01
1 2 3 01 02 01 02
02 01
03 01 01 03 02 02 03 02
01 02
dA A B
G C D E
Choosing 10fT 1 03 2 03 01 01h 2 4 25T
10
001d 001 001 001T
and solving the inequalities in Theorem 3 we get
1
94939
151328
160609
v
2
115015
121141
160666
v
1
68860
61238
95759
2
73265
77388
46553
1
54118
47900
46451
2
26719
25244
22634
1
06343
05065
05126
g
2
02851
02590
02357
g
1
06343
05065
05126
F
2
02851
02590
02357
F
By T T
p p p pg K G v 12p we obtain
1
00325 00259 00263
00127 00101 00103K
2
00244 00222 00202
00181 00164 00149K
It is easy to verify that p p p pF F D K p p pA G K
are Metzler matrices and
0p p pC D K
From (8) and (25) we have 21028 and 45679aT Choosing 46aT
simulation results are shown in Figs 1-3 where (0) [012 01 01]Tx ( ) 0x
[ 0) and
05( ) 005 tw t e Fig1 depicts the switching signal The state trajectory of the
closed-loop system with the average dwell time 46aT is shown in Fig2 Fig 3 plots the
15
evolution of ( )Tx t it can be seen that the closed-loop system is 1L finite-time bounded with
respect to ( ( ))fT d t
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 100
1
2
3
Time(s)
Syste
m m
od
e
Fig1 Switching signal
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1001
015
02
025
03
035
04
045
05
Time(s)
Sta
te r
esp
on
se
x1
x2
x3
Fig2 State trajectory of the closed-loop system
16
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 103
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12x 10
-3
Time(s)
xT(t)ε
Fig3 The evolution of ( )Tx t
5 Conclusions
Finite-time boundedness and L1 finite-time boundedness for a class of positive switched linear
systems have been investigated in this paper Some sufficient conditions have been provided for
the finite-time stability of positive switched linear systems and the L1 finite-time boundedness is
also studied Bases on the results obtained the state feedback controllers and a class of switching
signals with the average dwell time are designed to guarantee that the closed-loop system is
finite-time stable with L1-gain performance In our further work we will extend the proposed
method to discrete-time positive switched systems with time-varying delay
Acknowledgment
This work was supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China under Grant No
61273120
References
[1] P D Berk J R Bloomer R B Howe and N I Berlin Constitutional hepatic dysfunction
17
(Gilberts syndrome) Am J Med 49(3) (1970) pp 296-305
[2] E R Carson C Cobelli and L Finkelstein Modeling and identification of metabolic
systems Am J Physiol 240(3) (1981) pp R120-R129
[3] H Caswell Matrix Population Models Construction Analysis and Interpretation
Sunderland MA Sinauer Assoc (2001)
[4] L Caccetta L R Foulds and V G Rumchev A positive linear discrete-time model of
capacity planning and its controllability properties Math Comput Model 40(1-2) (2004)
pp 217-226
[5] R Shorten D Leith J Foy and R Kilduff Analysis and design of AIMD congestion control
algorithms in communication networks Automatica 41(4) (2005) pp 725-730
[6] R Shorten F Wirth and D Leith A positive systems model of TCP-like congestion control
Asymptotic results IEEEACM Trans Netw 14(3) (2006) pp 616-629
[7] R Shorten D Leith J Foy and R Kilduff Towards an analysis and design framework for
congestion control in communication networks in Proc 12th Yale Workshop Adapt Learn
Syst (2003)
[8] A Jadbabaie J Lin and A S Morse Coordination of groups of mobile autonomous agents
using nearest neighbor rules IEEE Trans Autom Control 48(6) (2003) pp 988-1001
[9] T Kaczorek The choice of the forms of Lyapunov functions for a positive 2D Roesser model
Int J Applied Math Comp Sci 17(4) (2007) pp 471-475
[10] L Benvenuti A D Santis and L Farina Positive systems Lecture Notes in Control and
Information Sciences Berlin Germany Springer-Verlag (2003)
[11] T Kaczorek A realization problem for positive continuous-time systems with reduced
18
numbers of delays Int J Applied Math Comp Sci 16(3) (2006) pp 325-331
[12] M Rami F Tadeo A Benzaouia Control of constrained positive discrete systems in Proc
Am Control Conf New York USA (2007) pp 5851-5856
[13] M Rami F Tadeo Positive observation problem for linear discrete positive systems in Proc
45th IEEE Conf Dec Control San Diego USA (2006) pp 4729-4733
[14] H R Karimi H Gao New delay-dependent exponential Hinfin synchronization for uncertain
neural networks with mixed time delays IEEE Trans Syst Man Cybern B Cybern 40(1)
(2010) pp 173-185
[15] X Liu Constrained control of positive systems with delays IEEE Trans Autom Control
54(7) (2009) pp 1596-1600
[16] X Liu W Yu and L Wang Stability analysis of positive systems with bounded time-varying
delays IEEE Trans Circuits Syst II 56(7) (2009) pp 600-604
[17] Z R Xiang and R H Wang Robust control for uncertain switched non-linear systems with
time delay under asynchronous switching IET Control Theory Appl 3(8) (2009) pp
1041-1050
[18] D Du B Jiang and P Shi Robust l2 - linfin filter for uncertain discrete-time switched
time-delay systems Circuits Syst Signal Process 29(5) (2010) pp 925-940
[19] Y W Wang H O Wang J W Xiao and Z H Guan Synchronization of complex
dynamical networks under recoverable attacks Automatica 46(1) (2010) pp 197-203
[20] Y W Wang T Bian J W Xiao and Y Huang Robust synchronization of complex switched
networks with parametric uncertainties and two types of delays Int J Robust Nonlinear
Control 23(2) (2013) pp 190-207
19
[21] M Tang Y W Wang C Wen Improved delay-range-dependent stability criteria for linear
systems with interval time-varying delays IET Control Theory Appl 6(6) (2012) pp
868-873
[22] X Zhao L Zhang and P Shi Stability of a class of switched positive linear time-delay
systems Int J Robust Nonlinear Control 23(5) (2013) pp 578-589
[23] X Liu C Dang Stability analysis of positive switched linear systems with delays IEEE
Trans Autom Control 56(7) (2011) pp 1684-1690
[24] E Fornasini M Valcher Stability and stabilizability of special classes of discrete-time
positive switched systems in Proc Am Control Conf San Francisco USA (2011) pp
2619-2624
[25] L Gurvits R Shorten O Mason On the stability of switched positive liner systems IEEE
Trans Autom Control 52(6) (2007) pp 1009-1103
[26] F Knorn O Mason R Shorten On linear co-positive Lyapunov functions for sets of linear
positive systems Automatica 45(8) (2009) pp 1943-1947
[27] X Liu Stability analysis of switched positive systems a switched linear co-positive
Lyapunov function method IEEE Trans Circuits Syst II 56(5) (2009) pp 414-418
[28] X Lin H Du and S Li Finite-time boundedness and L2-gain analysis for switched delay
systems with norm-bounded disturbance Appl Math Comp 217(12) (2011) pp 5982-
5993
[29] L Weiss and E F Infante Finite-time stability under perturbing forces and on product spaces
IEEE Trans Autom Control 12(1) (1967) pp 54-59
[30] A N Michel and S H Wu Stability of discrete systems over a finite interval of time Int J
20
Control 9(6) (1969) pp 679-693
[31] P Dorato Short time stability in linear time-varying systems in Proc IRE Int Conv Record
New York (1961) pp 83-87
[32] Z Xiang Y Sun M S Mahmoud Robust finite-time Hinfin control for a class of uncertain
switched neutral systems Commun Nonlinear Sci Numer Simulat 17(2012) pp
1766-1778
[33] W Xiang and J Xiao Hinfin finite-time control for switched nonlinear discrete-time systems
with norm-bounded disturbance J Franklin Institute 348(2) (2010) pp 331-352
[34] H Du X Lin and S Li Finite-time stability and stabilization of switched linear systems
Joint 48th IEEE Conf Dec Control and 28th Chinese Control Conf Shanghai (2009) pp
1938-1943
[35] H Liu Y Shen Hinfin finite-time control for switched linear systems with time-varying delay
Intel Control Auto 2(3) (2011) pp 203-213
[36] Y Shen H Liu Finite-time stabilization of switched time-delay system via dynamic output
feedback control Mechanical Engin Tech AISC 125 (2012) pp 523-528
[37] G Chen and Y Yang Finite-time stabilization of switched positive linear systems Int J
Robust Nonlinear Control (2012) DOI 101002rnc2870
[38] L Hetel J Daafouz C Iung Stability analysis for discrete time switched systems with
temporary uncertain switching signal in Proc 46th IEEE Conf Dec Control New Orleans
LA (2007) pp 5623-5628
[39] P Li J Lam and Z Shu Hinfin positive filtering for positive linear discrete-time systems an
augmentation approach IEEE Trans Autom Control 55(10) (2010) pp 2337-2342
21
[40] M S Mahmoud and P Shi Asynchronous Hinfin filtering of discrete-time systems Signal
Process 92(10) (2012) pp 2356-2364
1
Finite-time L1 control for positive switched linear
systems with time-varying delay
Mei XIANG Zhengrong XIANG
School of Automation Nanjing University of Science and Technology
Nanjing 210094 Peoplersquos Republic of China
Corresponding author e-mail xiangzrmailnjusteducn
Highlights
1 Some sufficient conditions for the existence of finite-time boundedness for
positive switched linear systems with time-varying delay are proposed
2 1L performance analysis for positive switched linear systems is investigated
via the average dwell time approach
3 A state memory feedback controller is designed to stabilize the time-delay
positive switched system such that the corresponding closed-loop system is
1L finite-time bounded
8
( ) ( )
2( )
( )
( )
( ) ( ) ( ) (1 ( )) ( ( ))
( ) ( ) (1 ) ( ( ))
p p
p
t t s d tT T Tp p p p p
t d t
t t s T T Tp p p p
t d t
V t e x s ds x t d t e x t d t
e x s ds x t h x t d t
(11)
0 0( )
3-
0 ( )
- ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
p p
p
t t s T T Tp p p p p
t
t tt s T T Tp p p p
t t d t
V t e x s dsd x t e x t d
e x s dsd x t x s ds
(12)
Combining (10)-(12) leads to
( ) ( ) ( )( )
( ( ))( (1 ) )
( )
T Tp p p p p p p p p
T Tdp p p
T Tp p
V t V t x t A v v
x t d t A v h
w t B v
(13)
According to (5) and (13) we can easily obtain
2( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) T T T Tp p p p p pV t V t w t B v w t B (14)
Denoting 2T
p pB it follows from (14) that for 1[ )k kt t t
( ) ( )( ) ( )
( ) ( )( ) ( ) ( ) t k tk k
kk
tt t t s T
t t k pt
V t e V t e w s ds
(15)
Let N be the switching number of ( )t over [0 )fT and denote 1 2 Nt t t as the
switching instants over the interval [0 )fT Then for [0 )ft T we obtain from (8) that
( ) ( )
1 2
11
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( )( )
( ) 1 ( )
(0) (0) ( )0
( )
(
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
(0) ( ) ( )
( )
t N tN N
N NN
N
NN N
tt t t s T
t t k tt
tt t t s T
N tt t
t tN t N t s T N t s T
tt
t s T
t
V t e V t e w s ds
e V t e w s ds
e V e w s ds e w s ds
e w s
( )
)
( ) ( )
(0) ( )0
(0) ( )0
(0)
(0) ( )
(0) ( )
(0)
NN
f t
f f
f
t
t
tT N s tN t s T
s
tT TN N T
s
TN
ds
e V e w s ds
e V e w s ds
e V d
(16)
Considering the definition of ( ) ( )tV t it yields that
( ) 1( ) ( ) T
tV t x t (17)
9
2
(0) 2 3 40 0
2
2 3 40
2
2 3 4
(0) (0) sup ( ) sup ( )
sup ( )
T T T
T
V x e x e x
e e x
e e
(18)
Combining (16)-(18) we obtain
ln
( )2
2 3 4
1
1( )
fa
TTTx t e e e d
(19)
Substituting (7) into (19) we have
( ) 1Tx t
According to Definition 5 we can conclude that the positive switched system (3) is finite-time
bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t
The proof is completed
Remark 2 In the proof of Theorem 1 there is no requirement of negative definitiveness on
( ) ( )tV t which is different from the case of classical Lyapunov stability In addition when
1 in (7) one obtains 0aT which means that the switching signal can be arbitrary
When the exogenous noise signal ( ) 0w t the result on finite-time stability can be obtained
as follows
Corollary 1 Consider system (3) with ( ) 0w t for a given time constant fT and two vectors
0 if there exist positive vectors pv p and p p M and positive constants p
1 2 3 and 4 such that (4) (5) and the following inequality
22 3 4 1 fT
e e e
(20)
holds then under the following average dwell time scheme
21 2 3 4
ln
ln( ) lnf
f
a a T
TT T
e e e
(21)
the system is finite-time stable with respect to ( ( ))fT t where max pp M
and
10
1μ satisfies (8)
Remark 3 The general idea of finite-time stability concerns the boundedness of the state of a
system over a finite interval for given initial conditions The idea of finite-time bondedness on the
other hand concerns the behavior of the state in the presence of both given initial conditions and
external disturbances It is easy to see from Definitions 4 and 5 that finite-time stable can be
regarded as a special case by setting 0d
32 1L performance analysis
In this section we will consider the problem of 1L finite-time boundedness of positive
switched system (3)
Theorem 2 Consider system (3) for a given time constant fT and two vectors 0 if
there exist positive vectors pv p and p p M and positive constants p 1 2
3 and 4 such that (5) and the following inequalities hold
1 2 1 2 1 2 0p p p pn p p pn p p pnΨ diag ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ (22)
2 Tprb (23)
22 3 4 1 fT
e e d e
(24)
where
T
pr pr p p pr pr pr pra v v c (1 )T
pr dpr p pra v h
m a x pp M
T
pr pr p prb v e 12 r n n
pr dpr pr pr pra a b c e represents the r th column vector of the matrix p dp p p pA A B C E
and 1 2 T
p p p pnv v v v 1 2
T
p p p pn 1 2 T
p p p pn
then under the following average dwell time scheme
11
21 2 3 4
ln lnmax
ln lnf
fa a T
T μT T
e e e d
(25)
the system is 1L finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t where 1μ
satisfies (8)
Proof (4) can be directly derived from (22) Setting in Theorem 1 we can obtain from
(5) (24) and (25) that system (3) is finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t
Choosing the piecewise co-positive type Lyapunov-Krasovskii functional (9) and following the
proof line of Theorem 1 we can get from the condition (22) that
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 0p p pV t V t z t w t (26)
Let ( ) ( ) ( )w s z s s then for 1[ )k kt t t (26) gives rise to
( ) ( )( ) ( )
( ) ( )( ) ( ) ( ) t k tk k
kk
tt t t s
t t kt
V t e V t e s ds
(27)
Following the proof line of (16) for any [0 )ft T we can obtain
( ) ( )(0 ) ( )( )
( ) (0)0
( ) (0) ( ) t ttN t N s tt t s
tV t e V e s ds
Under the zero initial condition we have
( ) ( )( ) ( )( ) ( )
0 0( ) ( ) t t
t tN s t N s tt s t se z s ds e w s ds (28)
Multiplying both sides of (28) by ( ) (0 )tN t
leads to
( ) ( )(0 ) (0 )( ) ( )
0 0( ) ( ) t t
t tN s N st s t se z s ds e w s ds
Noting that ( ) (0 )t
a
sN s
T and
lnaT
we have
( ) ( )
0 0( ) ( )
t tt s s t se e z s ds e w s ds (29)
Let ft T then multiplying both sides of (29) by fT
e
leads to
2
0 0( ) ( )
f fT Tse z s ds w s ds
Setting 2 according to Definition 6 we can conclude that the claim of the theorem is true
12
The proof is completed
33 1L controller design
Consider system (1) under the controller ( )( ) ( )tu t K x t the corresponding closed-loop
system is given by
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ( )) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) [ 0]
t t t d t t
t t t t
x t A G K x t A x t d t B w t
z t C D K x t E w t
x
(30)
By Lemma 1 to guarantee the positivity of system (30) p p pA G K should be Metzler
matrices and 0p p pC D K p M
Theorem 3 Consider system (1) for a given time constant fT and two vectors 0 if
there exist positive vectors pv p and p p M and positive constants p 1 2
3 and 4 such that (5) (23) (24) and the following conditions are satisfied
p p pA G K are Metzler matrices 0p p pC D K (31)
1 2 1 2 1 2 0p p p pn p p pn p p pndiag (32)
where
T
pr pr p pr p pr pr pr pr pra v g v c f
(1 ) T
pr dpr p pra v h max pp M
T
pr pr p prb v e 12 r n n
T Tp p p pg K G v p p pF D K pr dpr pr pr pr pra a b c e f
represents the r th column vector
of matrix p dp p p p pA A B C E F prg represents the r th element of vector pg and
1 2 T
p p p pnv v v v 1 2 T
p p p pn 1 2 T
p p p pn
then under the average dwell time scheme (25) the resulting closed-loop system (30) is 1L
finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t where 1μ satisfies (8)
13
Proof Replacing pA
and pC in (22) with p p pA G K and p p pC D K respectively and
letting T T
p p p pg K G v and p p pF D K we can get (32)
The proof is completed
We are now in a position to present an algorithm for constructing the state feedback controller
gain matrices pK p M
Algorithm
Step 1 Input the matrices pΑ dpΑ pG pB pC pD
and pE
Step 2 By adjusting the parameters p we can obtain the solutions pv p p p pg F
such that (5) (23) (24) and (31) hold
Step 3 By T T
p p p pg K G v we can compute pK and then p p pF D K is obtained If
0p pF F p p pA G K are Metzler matrices and 0p p pC D K then pK are
admissible Otherwise return to Step 2
4 Numerical Example
Consider system (1) with parameters as follows
1 1 1
4 1 2 01 02 02 01
1 3 2 02 01 02 02
1 2 35 01 01 02 02
dA A B
1 1 1 1
03 02
04 01 03 02 02 06 05 03
05 02
G C D E
14
2 2 2
2 2 2 2
5 2 2 02 02 01 02
3 5 2 02 01 01 01
1 2 3 01 02 01 02
02 01
03 01 01 03 02 02 03 02
01 02
dA A B
G C D E
Choosing 10fT 1 03 2 03 01 01h 2 4 25T
10
001d 001 001 001T
and solving the inequalities in Theorem 3 we get
1
94939
151328
160609
v
2
115015
121141
160666
v
1
68860
61238
95759
2
73265
77388
46553
1
54118
47900
46451
2
26719
25244
22634
1
06343
05065
05126
g
2
02851
02590
02357
g
1
06343
05065
05126
F
2
02851
02590
02357
F
By T T
p p p pg K G v 12p we obtain
1
00325 00259 00263
00127 00101 00103K
2
00244 00222 00202
00181 00164 00149K
It is easy to verify that p p p pF F D K p p pA G K
are Metzler matrices and
0p p pC D K
From (8) and (25) we have 21028 and 45679aT Choosing 46aT
simulation results are shown in Figs 1-3 where (0) [012 01 01]Tx ( ) 0x
[ 0) and
05( ) 005 tw t e Fig1 depicts the switching signal The state trajectory of the
closed-loop system with the average dwell time 46aT is shown in Fig2 Fig 3 plots the
15
evolution of ( )Tx t it can be seen that the closed-loop system is 1L finite-time bounded with
respect to ( ( ))fT d t
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 100
1
2
3
Time(s)
Syste
m m
od
e
Fig1 Switching signal
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1001
015
02
025
03
035
04
045
05
Time(s)
Sta
te r
esp
on
se
x1
x2
x3
Fig2 State trajectory of the closed-loop system
16
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 103
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12x 10
-3
Time(s)
xT(t)ε
Fig3 The evolution of ( )Tx t
5 Conclusions
Finite-time boundedness and L1 finite-time boundedness for a class of positive switched linear
systems have been investigated in this paper Some sufficient conditions have been provided for
the finite-time stability of positive switched linear systems and the L1 finite-time boundedness is
also studied Bases on the results obtained the state feedback controllers and a class of switching
signals with the average dwell time are designed to guarantee that the closed-loop system is
finite-time stable with L1-gain performance In our further work we will extend the proposed
method to discrete-time positive switched systems with time-varying delay
Acknowledgment
This work was supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China under Grant No
61273120
References
[1] P D Berk J R Bloomer R B Howe and N I Berlin Constitutional hepatic dysfunction
17
(Gilberts syndrome) Am J Med 49(3) (1970) pp 296-305
[2] E R Carson C Cobelli and L Finkelstein Modeling and identification of metabolic
systems Am J Physiol 240(3) (1981) pp R120-R129
[3] H Caswell Matrix Population Models Construction Analysis and Interpretation
Sunderland MA Sinauer Assoc (2001)
[4] L Caccetta L R Foulds and V G Rumchev A positive linear discrete-time model of
capacity planning and its controllability properties Math Comput Model 40(1-2) (2004)
pp 217-226
[5] R Shorten D Leith J Foy and R Kilduff Analysis and design of AIMD congestion control
algorithms in communication networks Automatica 41(4) (2005) pp 725-730
[6] R Shorten F Wirth and D Leith A positive systems model of TCP-like congestion control
Asymptotic results IEEEACM Trans Netw 14(3) (2006) pp 616-629
[7] R Shorten D Leith J Foy and R Kilduff Towards an analysis and design framework for
congestion control in communication networks in Proc 12th Yale Workshop Adapt Learn
Syst (2003)
[8] A Jadbabaie J Lin and A S Morse Coordination of groups of mobile autonomous agents
using nearest neighbor rules IEEE Trans Autom Control 48(6) (2003) pp 988-1001
[9] T Kaczorek The choice of the forms of Lyapunov functions for a positive 2D Roesser model
Int J Applied Math Comp Sci 17(4) (2007) pp 471-475
[10] L Benvenuti A D Santis and L Farina Positive systems Lecture Notes in Control and
Information Sciences Berlin Germany Springer-Verlag (2003)
[11] T Kaczorek A realization problem for positive continuous-time systems with reduced
18
numbers of delays Int J Applied Math Comp Sci 16(3) (2006) pp 325-331
[12] M Rami F Tadeo A Benzaouia Control of constrained positive discrete systems in Proc
Am Control Conf New York USA (2007) pp 5851-5856
[13] M Rami F Tadeo Positive observation problem for linear discrete positive systems in Proc
45th IEEE Conf Dec Control San Diego USA (2006) pp 4729-4733
[14] H R Karimi H Gao New delay-dependent exponential Hinfin synchronization for uncertain
neural networks with mixed time delays IEEE Trans Syst Man Cybern B Cybern 40(1)
(2010) pp 173-185
[15] X Liu Constrained control of positive systems with delays IEEE Trans Autom Control
54(7) (2009) pp 1596-1600
[16] X Liu W Yu and L Wang Stability analysis of positive systems with bounded time-varying
delays IEEE Trans Circuits Syst II 56(7) (2009) pp 600-604
[17] Z R Xiang and R H Wang Robust control for uncertain switched non-linear systems with
time delay under asynchronous switching IET Control Theory Appl 3(8) (2009) pp
1041-1050
[18] D Du B Jiang and P Shi Robust l2 - linfin filter for uncertain discrete-time switched
time-delay systems Circuits Syst Signal Process 29(5) (2010) pp 925-940
[19] Y W Wang H O Wang J W Xiao and Z H Guan Synchronization of complex
dynamical networks under recoverable attacks Automatica 46(1) (2010) pp 197-203
[20] Y W Wang T Bian J W Xiao and Y Huang Robust synchronization of complex switched
networks with parametric uncertainties and two types of delays Int J Robust Nonlinear
Control 23(2) (2013) pp 190-207
19
[21] M Tang Y W Wang C Wen Improved delay-range-dependent stability criteria for linear
systems with interval time-varying delays IET Control Theory Appl 6(6) (2012) pp
868-873
[22] X Zhao L Zhang and P Shi Stability of a class of switched positive linear time-delay
systems Int J Robust Nonlinear Control 23(5) (2013) pp 578-589
[23] X Liu C Dang Stability analysis of positive switched linear systems with delays IEEE
Trans Autom Control 56(7) (2011) pp 1684-1690
[24] E Fornasini M Valcher Stability and stabilizability of special classes of discrete-time
positive switched systems in Proc Am Control Conf San Francisco USA (2011) pp
2619-2624
[25] L Gurvits R Shorten O Mason On the stability of switched positive liner systems IEEE
Trans Autom Control 52(6) (2007) pp 1009-1103
[26] F Knorn O Mason R Shorten On linear co-positive Lyapunov functions for sets of linear
positive systems Automatica 45(8) (2009) pp 1943-1947
[27] X Liu Stability analysis of switched positive systems a switched linear co-positive
Lyapunov function method IEEE Trans Circuits Syst II 56(5) (2009) pp 414-418
[28] X Lin H Du and S Li Finite-time boundedness and L2-gain analysis for switched delay
systems with norm-bounded disturbance Appl Math Comp 217(12) (2011) pp 5982-
5993
[29] L Weiss and E F Infante Finite-time stability under perturbing forces and on product spaces
IEEE Trans Autom Control 12(1) (1967) pp 54-59
[30] A N Michel and S H Wu Stability of discrete systems over a finite interval of time Int J
20
Control 9(6) (1969) pp 679-693
[31] P Dorato Short time stability in linear time-varying systems in Proc IRE Int Conv Record
New York (1961) pp 83-87
[32] Z Xiang Y Sun M S Mahmoud Robust finite-time Hinfin control for a class of uncertain
switched neutral systems Commun Nonlinear Sci Numer Simulat 17(2012) pp
1766-1778
[33] W Xiang and J Xiao Hinfin finite-time control for switched nonlinear discrete-time systems
with norm-bounded disturbance J Franklin Institute 348(2) (2010) pp 331-352
[34] H Du X Lin and S Li Finite-time stability and stabilization of switched linear systems
Joint 48th IEEE Conf Dec Control and 28th Chinese Control Conf Shanghai (2009) pp
1938-1943
[35] H Liu Y Shen Hinfin finite-time control for switched linear systems with time-varying delay
Intel Control Auto 2(3) (2011) pp 203-213
[36] Y Shen H Liu Finite-time stabilization of switched time-delay system via dynamic output
feedback control Mechanical Engin Tech AISC 125 (2012) pp 523-528
[37] G Chen and Y Yang Finite-time stabilization of switched positive linear systems Int J
Robust Nonlinear Control (2012) DOI 101002rnc2870
[38] L Hetel J Daafouz C Iung Stability analysis for discrete time switched systems with
temporary uncertain switching signal in Proc 46th IEEE Conf Dec Control New Orleans
LA (2007) pp 5623-5628
[39] P Li J Lam and Z Shu Hinfin positive filtering for positive linear discrete-time systems an
augmentation approach IEEE Trans Autom Control 55(10) (2010) pp 2337-2342
21
[40] M S Mahmoud and P Shi Asynchronous Hinfin filtering of discrete-time systems Signal
Process 92(10) (2012) pp 2356-2364
1
Finite-time L1 control for positive switched linear
systems with time-varying delay
Mei XIANG Zhengrong XIANG
School of Automation Nanjing University of Science and Technology
Nanjing 210094 Peoplersquos Republic of China
Corresponding author e-mail xiangzrmailnjusteducn
Highlights
1 Some sufficient conditions for the existence of finite-time boundedness for
positive switched linear systems with time-varying delay are proposed
2 1L performance analysis for positive switched linear systems is investigated
via the average dwell time approach
3 A state memory feedback controller is designed to stabilize the time-delay
positive switched system such that the corresponding closed-loop system is
1L finite-time bounded
9
2
(0) 2 3 40 0
2
2 3 40
2
2 3 4
(0) (0) sup ( ) sup ( )
sup ( )
T T T
T
V x e x e x
e e x
e e
(18)
Combining (16)-(18) we obtain
ln
( )2
2 3 4
1
1( )
fa
TTTx t e e e d
(19)
Substituting (7) into (19) we have
( ) 1Tx t
According to Definition 5 we can conclude that the positive switched system (3) is finite-time
bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t
The proof is completed
Remark 2 In the proof of Theorem 1 there is no requirement of negative definitiveness on
( ) ( )tV t which is different from the case of classical Lyapunov stability In addition when
1 in (7) one obtains 0aT which means that the switching signal can be arbitrary
When the exogenous noise signal ( ) 0w t the result on finite-time stability can be obtained
as follows
Corollary 1 Consider system (3) with ( ) 0w t for a given time constant fT and two vectors
0 if there exist positive vectors pv p and p p M and positive constants p
1 2 3 and 4 such that (4) (5) and the following inequality
22 3 4 1 fT
e e e
(20)
holds then under the following average dwell time scheme
21 2 3 4
ln
ln( ) lnf
f
a a T
TT T
e e e
(21)
the system is finite-time stable with respect to ( ( ))fT t where max pp M
and
10
1μ satisfies (8)
Remark 3 The general idea of finite-time stability concerns the boundedness of the state of a
system over a finite interval for given initial conditions The idea of finite-time bondedness on the
other hand concerns the behavior of the state in the presence of both given initial conditions and
external disturbances It is easy to see from Definitions 4 and 5 that finite-time stable can be
regarded as a special case by setting 0d
32 1L performance analysis
In this section we will consider the problem of 1L finite-time boundedness of positive
switched system (3)
Theorem 2 Consider system (3) for a given time constant fT and two vectors 0 if
there exist positive vectors pv p and p p M and positive constants p 1 2
3 and 4 such that (5) and the following inequalities hold
1 2 1 2 1 2 0p p p pn p p pn p p pnΨ diag ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ (22)
2 Tprb (23)
22 3 4 1 fT
e e d e
(24)
where
T
pr pr p p pr pr pr pra v v c (1 )T
pr dpr p pra v h
m a x pp M
T
pr pr p prb v e 12 r n n
pr dpr pr pr pra a b c e represents the r th column vector of the matrix p dp p p pA A B C E
and 1 2 T
p p p pnv v v v 1 2
T
p p p pn 1 2 T
p p p pn
then under the following average dwell time scheme
11
21 2 3 4
ln lnmax
ln lnf
fa a T
T μT T
e e e d
(25)
the system is 1L finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t where 1μ
satisfies (8)
Proof (4) can be directly derived from (22) Setting in Theorem 1 we can obtain from
(5) (24) and (25) that system (3) is finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t
Choosing the piecewise co-positive type Lyapunov-Krasovskii functional (9) and following the
proof line of Theorem 1 we can get from the condition (22) that
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 0p p pV t V t z t w t (26)
Let ( ) ( ) ( )w s z s s then for 1[ )k kt t t (26) gives rise to
( ) ( )( ) ( )
( ) ( )( ) ( ) ( ) t k tk k
kk
tt t t s
t t kt
V t e V t e s ds
(27)
Following the proof line of (16) for any [0 )ft T we can obtain
( ) ( )(0 ) ( )( )
( ) (0)0
( ) (0) ( ) t ttN t N s tt t s
tV t e V e s ds
Under the zero initial condition we have
( ) ( )( ) ( )( ) ( )
0 0( ) ( ) t t
t tN s t N s tt s t se z s ds e w s ds (28)
Multiplying both sides of (28) by ( ) (0 )tN t
leads to
( ) ( )(0 ) (0 )( ) ( )
0 0( ) ( ) t t
t tN s N st s t se z s ds e w s ds
Noting that ( ) (0 )t
a
sN s
T and
lnaT
we have
( ) ( )
0 0( ) ( )
t tt s s t se e z s ds e w s ds (29)
Let ft T then multiplying both sides of (29) by fT
e
leads to
2
0 0( ) ( )
f fT Tse z s ds w s ds
Setting 2 according to Definition 6 we can conclude that the claim of the theorem is true
12
The proof is completed
33 1L controller design
Consider system (1) under the controller ( )( ) ( )tu t K x t the corresponding closed-loop
system is given by
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ( )) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) [ 0]
t t t d t t
t t t t
x t A G K x t A x t d t B w t
z t C D K x t E w t
x
(30)
By Lemma 1 to guarantee the positivity of system (30) p p pA G K should be Metzler
matrices and 0p p pC D K p M
Theorem 3 Consider system (1) for a given time constant fT and two vectors 0 if
there exist positive vectors pv p and p p M and positive constants p 1 2
3 and 4 such that (5) (23) (24) and the following conditions are satisfied
p p pA G K are Metzler matrices 0p p pC D K (31)
1 2 1 2 1 2 0p p p pn p p pn p p pndiag (32)
where
T
pr pr p pr p pr pr pr pr pra v g v c f
(1 ) T
pr dpr p pra v h max pp M
T
pr pr p prb v e 12 r n n
T Tp p p pg K G v p p pF D K pr dpr pr pr pr pra a b c e f
represents the r th column vector
of matrix p dp p p p pA A B C E F prg represents the r th element of vector pg and
1 2 T
p p p pnv v v v 1 2 T
p p p pn 1 2 T
p p p pn
then under the average dwell time scheme (25) the resulting closed-loop system (30) is 1L
finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t where 1μ satisfies (8)
13
Proof Replacing pA
and pC in (22) with p p pA G K and p p pC D K respectively and
letting T T
p p p pg K G v and p p pF D K we can get (32)
The proof is completed
We are now in a position to present an algorithm for constructing the state feedback controller
gain matrices pK p M
Algorithm
Step 1 Input the matrices pΑ dpΑ pG pB pC pD
and pE
Step 2 By adjusting the parameters p we can obtain the solutions pv p p p pg F
such that (5) (23) (24) and (31) hold
Step 3 By T T
p p p pg K G v we can compute pK and then p p pF D K is obtained If
0p pF F p p pA G K are Metzler matrices and 0p p pC D K then pK are
admissible Otherwise return to Step 2
4 Numerical Example
Consider system (1) with parameters as follows
1 1 1
4 1 2 01 02 02 01
1 3 2 02 01 02 02
1 2 35 01 01 02 02
dA A B
1 1 1 1
03 02
04 01 03 02 02 06 05 03
05 02
G C D E
14
2 2 2
2 2 2 2
5 2 2 02 02 01 02
3 5 2 02 01 01 01
1 2 3 01 02 01 02
02 01
03 01 01 03 02 02 03 02
01 02
dA A B
G C D E
Choosing 10fT 1 03 2 03 01 01h 2 4 25T
10
001d 001 001 001T
and solving the inequalities in Theorem 3 we get
1
94939
151328
160609
v
2
115015
121141
160666
v
1
68860
61238
95759
2
73265
77388
46553
1
54118
47900
46451
2
26719
25244
22634
1
06343
05065
05126
g
2
02851
02590
02357
g
1
06343
05065
05126
F
2
02851
02590
02357
F
By T T
p p p pg K G v 12p we obtain
1
00325 00259 00263
00127 00101 00103K
2
00244 00222 00202
00181 00164 00149K
It is easy to verify that p p p pF F D K p p pA G K
are Metzler matrices and
0p p pC D K
From (8) and (25) we have 21028 and 45679aT Choosing 46aT
simulation results are shown in Figs 1-3 where (0) [012 01 01]Tx ( ) 0x
[ 0) and
05( ) 005 tw t e Fig1 depicts the switching signal The state trajectory of the
closed-loop system with the average dwell time 46aT is shown in Fig2 Fig 3 plots the
15
evolution of ( )Tx t it can be seen that the closed-loop system is 1L finite-time bounded with
respect to ( ( ))fT d t
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 100
1
2
3
Time(s)
Syste
m m
od
e
Fig1 Switching signal
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1001
015
02
025
03
035
04
045
05
Time(s)
Sta
te r
esp
on
se
x1
x2
x3
Fig2 State trajectory of the closed-loop system
16
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 103
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12x 10
-3
Time(s)
xT(t)ε
Fig3 The evolution of ( )Tx t
5 Conclusions
Finite-time boundedness and L1 finite-time boundedness for a class of positive switched linear
systems have been investigated in this paper Some sufficient conditions have been provided for
the finite-time stability of positive switched linear systems and the L1 finite-time boundedness is
also studied Bases on the results obtained the state feedback controllers and a class of switching
signals with the average dwell time are designed to guarantee that the closed-loop system is
finite-time stable with L1-gain performance In our further work we will extend the proposed
method to discrete-time positive switched systems with time-varying delay
Acknowledgment
This work was supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China under Grant No
61273120
References
[1] P D Berk J R Bloomer R B Howe and N I Berlin Constitutional hepatic dysfunction
17
(Gilberts syndrome) Am J Med 49(3) (1970) pp 296-305
[2] E R Carson C Cobelli and L Finkelstein Modeling and identification of metabolic
systems Am J Physiol 240(3) (1981) pp R120-R129
[3] H Caswell Matrix Population Models Construction Analysis and Interpretation
Sunderland MA Sinauer Assoc (2001)
[4] L Caccetta L R Foulds and V G Rumchev A positive linear discrete-time model of
capacity planning and its controllability properties Math Comput Model 40(1-2) (2004)
pp 217-226
[5] R Shorten D Leith J Foy and R Kilduff Analysis and design of AIMD congestion control
algorithms in communication networks Automatica 41(4) (2005) pp 725-730
[6] R Shorten F Wirth and D Leith A positive systems model of TCP-like congestion control
Asymptotic results IEEEACM Trans Netw 14(3) (2006) pp 616-629
[7] R Shorten D Leith J Foy and R Kilduff Towards an analysis and design framework for
congestion control in communication networks in Proc 12th Yale Workshop Adapt Learn
Syst (2003)
[8] A Jadbabaie J Lin and A S Morse Coordination of groups of mobile autonomous agents
using nearest neighbor rules IEEE Trans Autom Control 48(6) (2003) pp 988-1001
[9] T Kaczorek The choice of the forms of Lyapunov functions for a positive 2D Roesser model
Int J Applied Math Comp Sci 17(4) (2007) pp 471-475
[10] L Benvenuti A D Santis and L Farina Positive systems Lecture Notes in Control and
Information Sciences Berlin Germany Springer-Verlag (2003)
[11] T Kaczorek A realization problem for positive continuous-time systems with reduced
18
numbers of delays Int J Applied Math Comp Sci 16(3) (2006) pp 325-331
[12] M Rami F Tadeo A Benzaouia Control of constrained positive discrete systems in Proc
Am Control Conf New York USA (2007) pp 5851-5856
[13] M Rami F Tadeo Positive observation problem for linear discrete positive systems in Proc
45th IEEE Conf Dec Control San Diego USA (2006) pp 4729-4733
[14] H R Karimi H Gao New delay-dependent exponential Hinfin synchronization for uncertain
neural networks with mixed time delays IEEE Trans Syst Man Cybern B Cybern 40(1)
(2010) pp 173-185
[15] X Liu Constrained control of positive systems with delays IEEE Trans Autom Control
54(7) (2009) pp 1596-1600
[16] X Liu W Yu and L Wang Stability analysis of positive systems with bounded time-varying
delays IEEE Trans Circuits Syst II 56(7) (2009) pp 600-604
[17] Z R Xiang and R H Wang Robust control for uncertain switched non-linear systems with
time delay under asynchronous switching IET Control Theory Appl 3(8) (2009) pp
1041-1050
[18] D Du B Jiang and P Shi Robust l2 - linfin filter for uncertain discrete-time switched
time-delay systems Circuits Syst Signal Process 29(5) (2010) pp 925-940
[19] Y W Wang H O Wang J W Xiao and Z H Guan Synchronization of complex
dynamical networks under recoverable attacks Automatica 46(1) (2010) pp 197-203
[20] Y W Wang T Bian J W Xiao and Y Huang Robust synchronization of complex switched
networks with parametric uncertainties and two types of delays Int J Robust Nonlinear
Control 23(2) (2013) pp 190-207
19
[21] M Tang Y W Wang C Wen Improved delay-range-dependent stability criteria for linear
systems with interval time-varying delays IET Control Theory Appl 6(6) (2012) pp
868-873
[22] X Zhao L Zhang and P Shi Stability of a class of switched positive linear time-delay
systems Int J Robust Nonlinear Control 23(5) (2013) pp 578-589
[23] X Liu C Dang Stability analysis of positive switched linear systems with delays IEEE
Trans Autom Control 56(7) (2011) pp 1684-1690
[24] E Fornasini M Valcher Stability and stabilizability of special classes of discrete-time
positive switched systems in Proc Am Control Conf San Francisco USA (2011) pp
2619-2624
[25] L Gurvits R Shorten O Mason On the stability of switched positive liner systems IEEE
Trans Autom Control 52(6) (2007) pp 1009-1103
[26] F Knorn O Mason R Shorten On linear co-positive Lyapunov functions for sets of linear
positive systems Automatica 45(8) (2009) pp 1943-1947
[27] X Liu Stability analysis of switched positive systems a switched linear co-positive
Lyapunov function method IEEE Trans Circuits Syst II 56(5) (2009) pp 414-418
[28] X Lin H Du and S Li Finite-time boundedness and L2-gain analysis for switched delay
systems with norm-bounded disturbance Appl Math Comp 217(12) (2011) pp 5982-
5993
[29] L Weiss and E F Infante Finite-time stability under perturbing forces and on product spaces
IEEE Trans Autom Control 12(1) (1967) pp 54-59
[30] A N Michel and S H Wu Stability of discrete systems over a finite interval of time Int J
20
Control 9(6) (1969) pp 679-693
[31] P Dorato Short time stability in linear time-varying systems in Proc IRE Int Conv Record
New York (1961) pp 83-87
[32] Z Xiang Y Sun M S Mahmoud Robust finite-time Hinfin control for a class of uncertain
switched neutral systems Commun Nonlinear Sci Numer Simulat 17(2012) pp
1766-1778
[33] W Xiang and J Xiao Hinfin finite-time control for switched nonlinear discrete-time systems
with norm-bounded disturbance J Franklin Institute 348(2) (2010) pp 331-352
[34] H Du X Lin and S Li Finite-time stability and stabilization of switched linear systems
Joint 48th IEEE Conf Dec Control and 28th Chinese Control Conf Shanghai (2009) pp
1938-1943
[35] H Liu Y Shen Hinfin finite-time control for switched linear systems with time-varying delay
Intel Control Auto 2(3) (2011) pp 203-213
[36] Y Shen H Liu Finite-time stabilization of switched time-delay system via dynamic output
feedback control Mechanical Engin Tech AISC 125 (2012) pp 523-528
[37] G Chen and Y Yang Finite-time stabilization of switched positive linear systems Int J
Robust Nonlinear Control (2012) DOI 101002rnc2870
[38] L Hetel J Daafouz C Iung Stability analysis for discrete time switched systems with
temporary uncertain switching signal in Proc 46th IEEE Conf Dec Control New Orleans
LA (2007) pp 5623-5628
[39] P Li J Lam and Z Shu Hinfin positive filtering for positive linear discrete-time systems an
augmentation approach IEEE Trans Autom Control 55(10) (2010) pp 2337-2342
21
[40] M S Mahmoud and P Shi Asynchronous Hinfin filtering of discrete-time systems Signal
Process 92(10) (2012) pp 2356-2364
1
Finite-time L1 control for positive switched linear
systems with time-varying delay
Mei XIANG Zhengrong XIANG
School of Automation Nanjing University of Science and Technology
Nanjing 210094 Peoplersquos Republic of China
Corresponding author e-mail xiangzrmailnjusteducn
Highlights
1 Some sufficient conditions for the existence of finite-time boundedness for
positive switched linear systems with time-varying delay are proposed
2 1L performance analysis for positive switched linear systems is investigated
via the average dwell time approach
3 A state memory feedback controller is designed to stabilize the time-delay
positive switched system such that the corresponding closed-loop system is
1L finite-time bounded
10
1μ satisfies (8)
Remark 3 The general idea of finite-time stability concerns the boundedness of the state of a
system over a finite interval for given initial conditions The idea of finite-time bondedness on the
other hand concerns the behavior of the state in the presence of both given initial conditions and
external disturbances It is easy to see from Definitions 4 and 5 that finite-time stable can be
regarded as a special case by setting 0d
32 1L performance analysis
In this section we will consider the problem of 1L finite-time boundedness of positive
switched system (3)
Theorem 2 Consider system (3) for a given time constant fT and two vectors 0 if
there exist positive vectors pv p and p p M and positive constants p 1 2
3 and 4 such that (5) and the following inequalities hold
1 2 1 2 1 2 0p p p pn p p pn p p pnΨ diag ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ (22)
2 Tprb (23)
22 3 4 1 fT
e e d e
(24)
where
T
pr pr p p pr pr pr pra v v c (1 )T
pr dpr p pra v h
m a x pp M
T
pr pr p prb v e 12 r n n
pr dpr pr pr pra a b c e represents the r th column vector of the matrix p dp p p pA A B C E
and 1 2 T
p p p pnv v v v 1 2
T
p p p pn 1 2 T
p p p pn
then under the following average dwell time scheme
11
21 2 3 4
ln lnmax
ln lnf
fa a T
T μT T
e e e d
(25)
the system is 1L finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t where 1μ
satisfies (8)
Proof (4) can be directly derived from (22) Setting in Theorem 1 we can obtain from
(5) (24) and (25) that system (3) is finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t
Choosing the piecewise co-positive type Lyapunov-Krasovskii functional (9) and following the
proof line of Theorem 1 we can get from the condition (22) that
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 0p p pV t V t z t w t (26)
Let ( ) ( ) ( )w s z s s then for 1[ )k kt t t (26) gives rise to
( ) ( )( ) ( )
( ) ( )( ) ( ) ( ) t k tk k
kk
tt t t s
t t kt
V t e V t e s ds
(27)
Following the proof line of (16) for any [0 )ft T we can obtain
( ) ( )(0 ) ( )( )
( ) (0)0
( ) (0) ( ) t ttN t N s tt t s
tV t e V e s ds
Under the zero initial condition we have
( ) ( )( ) ( )( ) ( )
0 0( ) ( ) t t
t tN s t N s tt s t se z s ds e w s ds (28)
Multiplying both sides of (28) by ( ) (0 )tN t
leads to
( ) ( )(0 ) (0 )( ) ( )
0 0( ) ( ) t t
t tN s N st s t se z s ds e w s ds
Noting that ( ) (0 )t
a
sN s
T and
lnaT
we have
( ) ( )
0 0( ) ( )
t tt s s t se e z s ds e w s ds (29)
Let ft T then multiplying both sides of (29) by fT
e
leads to
2
0 0( ) ( )
f fT Tse z s ds w s ds
Setting 2 according to Definition 6 we can conclude that the claim of the theorem is true
12
The proof is completed
33 1L controller design
Consider system (1) under the controller ( )( ) ( )tu t K x t the corresponding closed-loop
system is given by
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ( )) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) [ 0]
t t t d t t
t t t t
x t A G K x t A x t d t B w t
z t C D K x t E w t
x
(30)
By Lemma 1 to guarantee the positivity of system (30) p p pA G K should be Metzler
matrices and 0p p pC D K p M
Theorem 3 Consider system (1) for a given time constant fT and two vectors 0 if
there exist positive vectors pv p and p p M and positive constants p 1 2
3 and 4 such that (5) (23) (24) and the following conditions are satisfied
p p pA G K are Metzler matrices 0p p pC D K (31)
1 2 1 2 1 2 0p p p pn p p pn p p pndiag (32)
where
T
pr pr p pr p pr pr pr pr pra v g v c f
(1 ) T
pr dpr p pra v h max pp M
T
pr pr p prb v e 12 r n n
T Tp p p pg K G v p p pF D K pr dpr pr pr pr pra a b c e f
represents the r th column vector
of matrix p dp p p p pA A B C E F prg represents the r th element of vector pg and
1 2 T
p p p pnv v v v 1 2 T
p p p pn 1 2 T
p p p pn
then under the average dwell time scheme (25) the resulting closed-loop system (30) is 1L
finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t where 1μ satisfies (8)
13
Proof Replacing pA
and pC in (22) with p p pA G K and p p pC D K respectively and
letting T T
p p p pg K G v and p p pF D K we can get (32)
The proof is completed
We are now in a position to present an algorithm for constructing the state feedback controller
gain matrices pK p M
Algorithm
Step 1 Input the matrices pΑ dpΑ pG pB pC pD
and pE
Step 2 By adjusting the parameters p we can obtain the solutions pv p p p pg F
such that (5) (23) (24) and (31) hold
Step 3 By T T
p p p pg K G v we can compute pK and then p p pF D K is obtained If
0p pF F p p pA G K are Metzler matrices and 0p p pC D K then pK are
admissible Otherwise return to Step 2
4 Numerical Example
Consider system (1) with parameters as follows
1 1 1
4 1 2 01 02 02 01
1 3 2 02 01 02 02
1 2 35 01 01 02 02
dA A B
1 1 1 1
03 02
04 01 03 02 02 06 05 03
05 02
G C D E
14
2 2 2
2 2 2 2
5 2 2 02 02 01 02
3 5 2 02 01 01 01
1 2 3 01 02 01 02
02 01
03 01 01 03 02 02 03 02
01 02
dA A B
G C D E
Choosing 10fT 1 03 2 03 01 01h 2 4 25T
10
001d 001 001 001T
and solving the inequalities in Theorem 3 we get
1
94939
151328
160609
v
2
115015
121141
160666
v
1
68860
61238
95759
2
73265
77388
46553
1
54118
47900
46451
2
26719
25244
22634
1
06343
05065
05126
g
2
02851
02590
02357
g
1
06343
05065
05126
F
2
02851
02590
02357
F
By T T
p p p pg K G v 12p we obtain
1
00325 00259 00263
00127 00101 00103K
2
00244 00222 00202
00181 00164 00149K
It is easy to verify that p p p pF F D K p p pA G K
are Metzler matrices and
0p p pC D K
From (8) and (25) we have 21028 and 45679aT Choosing 46aT
simulation results are shown in Figs 1-3 where (0) [012 01 01]Tx ( ) 0x
[ 0) and
05( ) 005 tw t e Fig1 depicts the switching signal The state trajectory of the
closed-loop system with the average dwell time 46aT is shown in Fig2 Fig 3 plots the
15
evolution of ( )Tx t it can be seen that the closed-loop system is 1L finite-time bounded with
respect to ( ( ))fT d t
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 100
1
2
3
Time(s)
Syste
m m
od
e
Fig1 Switching signal
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1001
015
02
025
03
035
04
045
05
Time(s)
Sta
te r
esp
on
se
x1
x2
x3
Fig2 State trajectory of the closed-loop system
16
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 103
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12x 10
-3
Time(s)
xT(t)ε
Fig3 The evolution of ( )Tx t
5 Conclusions
Finite-time boundedness and L1 finite-time boundedness for a class of positive switched linear
systems have been investigated in this paper Some sufficient conditions have been provided for
the finite-time stability of positive switched linear systems and the L1 finite-time boundedness is
also studied Bases on the results obtained the state feedback controllers and a class of switching
signals with the average dwell time are designed to guarantee that the closed-loop system is
finite-time stable with L1-gain performance In our further work we will extend the proposed
method to discrete-time positive switched systems with time-varying delay
Acknowledgment
This work was supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China under Grant No
61273120
References
[1] P D Berk J R Bloomer R B Howe and N I Berlin Constitutional hepatic dysfunction
17
(Gilberts syndrome) Am J Med 49(3) (1970) pp 296-305
[2] E R Carson C Cobelli and L Finkelstein Modeling and identification of metabolic
systems Am J Physiol 240(3) (1981) pp R120-R129
[3] H Caswell Matrix Population Models Construction Analysis and Interpretation
Sunderland MA Sinauer Assoc (2001)
[4] L Caccetta L R Foulds and V G Rumchev A positive linear discrete-time model of
capacity planning and its controllability properties Math Comput Model 40(1-2) (2004)
pp 217-226
[5] R Shorten D Leith J Foy and R Kilduff Analysis and design of AIMD congestion control
algorithms in communication networks Automatica 41(4) (2005) pp 725-730
[6] R Shorten F Wirth and D Leith A positive systems model of TCP-like congestion control
Asymptotic results IEEEACM Trans Netw 14(3) (2006) pp 616-629
[7] R Shorten D Leith J Foy and R Kilduff Towards an analysis and design framework for
congestion control in communication networks in Proc 12th Yale Workshop Adapt Learn
Syst (2003)
[8] A Jadbabaie J Lin and A S Morse Coordination of groups of mobile autonomous agents
using nearest neighbor rules IEEE Trans Autom Control 48(6) (2003) pp 988-1001
[9] T Kaczorek The choice of the forms of Lyapunov functions for a positive 2D Roesser model
Int J Applied Math Comp Sci 17(4) (2007) pp 471-475
[10] L Benvenuti A D Santis and L Farina Positive systems Lecture Notes in Control and
Information Sciences Berlin Germany Springer-Verlag (2003)
[11] T Kaczorek A realization problem for positive continuous-time systems with reduced
18
numbers of delays Int J Applied Math Comp Sci 16(3) (2006) pp 325-331
[12] M Rami F Tadeo A Benzaouia Control of constrained positive discrete systems in Proc
Am Control Conf New York USA (2007) pp 5851-5856
[13] M Rami F Tadeo Positive observation problem for linear discrete positive systems in Proc
45th IEEE Conf Dec Control San Diego USA (2006) pp 4729-4733
[14] H R Karimi H Gao New delay-dependent exponential Hinfin synchronization for uncertain
neural networks with mixed time delays IEEE Trans Syst Man Cybern B Cybern 40(1)
(2010) pp 173-185
[15] X Liu Constrained control of positive systems with delays IEEE Trans Autom Control
54(7) (2009) pp 1596-1600
[16] X Liu W Yu and L Wang Stability analysis of positive systems with bounded time-varying
delays IEEE Trans Circuits Syst II 56(7) (2009) pp 600-604
[17] Z R Xiang and R H Wang Robust control for uncertain switched non-linear systems with
time delay under asynchronous switching IET Control Theory Appl 3(8) (2009) pp
1041-1050
[18] D Du B Jiang and P Shi Robust l2 - linfin filter for uncertain discrete-time switched
time-delay systems Circuits Syst Signal Process 29(5) (2010) pp 925-940
[19] Y W Wang H O Wang J W Xiao and Z H Guan Synchronization of complex
dynamical networks under recoverable attacks Automatica 46(1) (2010) pp 197-203
[20] Y W Wang T Bian J W Xiao and Y Huang Robust synchronization of complex switched
networks with parametric uncertainties and two types of delays Int J Robust Nonlinear
Control 23(2) (2013) pp 190-207
19
[21] M Tang Y W Wang C Wen Improved delay-range-dependent stability criteria for linear
systems with interval time-varying delays IET Control Theory Appl 6(6) (2012) pp
868-873
[22] X Zhao L Zhang and P Shi Stability of a class of switched positive linear time-delay
systems Int J Robust Nonlinear Control 23(5) (2013) pp 578-589
[23] X Liu C Dang Stability analysis of positive switched linear systems with delays IEEE
Trans Autom Control 56(7) (2011) pp 1684-1690
[24] E Fornasini M Valcher Stability and stabilizability of special classes of discrete-time
positive switched systems in Proc Am Control Conf San Francisco USA (2011) pp
2619-2624
[25] L Gurvits R Shorten O Mason On the stability of switched positive liner systems IEEE
Trans Autom Control 52(6) (2007) pp 1009-1103
[26] F Knorn O Mason R Shorten On linear co-positive Lyapunov functions for sets of linear
positive systems Automatica 45(8) (2009) pp 1943-1947
[27] X Liu Stability analysis of switched positive systems a switched linear co-positive
Lyapunov function method IEEE Trans Circuits Syst II 56(5) (2009) pp 414-418
[28] X Lin H Du and S Li Finite-time boundedness and L2-gain analysis for switched delay
systems with norm-bounded disturbance Appl Math Comp 217(12) (2011) pp 5982-
5993
[29] L Weiss and E F Infante Finite-time stability under perturbing forces and on product spaces
IEEE Trans Autom Control 12(1) (1967) pp 54-59
[30] A N Michel and S H Wu Stability of discrete systems over a finite interval of time Int J
20
Control 9(6) (1969) pp 679-693
[31] P Dorato Short time stability in linear time-varying systems in Proc IRE Int Conv Record
New York (1961) pp 83-87
[32] Z Xiang Y Sun M S Mahmoud Robust finite-time Hinfin control for a class of uncertain
switched neutral systems Commun Nonlinear Sci Numer Simulat 17(2012) pp
1766-1778
[33] W Xiang and J Xiao Hinfin finite-time control for switched nonlinear discrete-time systems
with norm-bounded disturbance J Franklin Institute 348(2) (2010) pp 331-352
[34] H Du X Lin and S Li Finite-time stability and stabilization of switched linear systems
Joint 48th IEEE Conf Dec Control and 28th Chinese Control Conf Shanghai (2009) pp
1938-1943
[35] H Liu Y Shen Hinfin finite-time control for switched linear systems with time-varying delay
Intel Control Auto 2(3) (2011) pp 203-213
[36] Y Shen H Liu Finite-time stabilization of switched time-delay system via dynamic output
feedback control Mechanical Engin Tech AISC 125 (2012) pp 523-528
[37] G Chen and Y Yang Finite-time stabilization of switched positive linear systems Int J
Robust Nonlinear Control (2012) DOI 101002rnc2870
[38] L Hetel J Daafouz C Iung Stability analysis for discrete time switched systems with
temporary uncertain switching signal in Proc 46th IEEE Conf Dec Control New Orleans
LA (2007) pp 5623-5628
[39] P Li J Lam and Z Shu Hinfin positive filtering for positive linear discrete-time systems an
augmentation approach IEEE Trans Autom Control 55(10) (2010) pp 2337-2342
21
[40] M S Mahmoud and P Shi Asynchronous Hinfin filtering of discrete-time systems Signal
Process 92(10) (2012) pp 2356-2364
1
Finite-time L1 control for positive switched linear
systems with time-varying delay
Mei XIANG Zhengrong XIANG
School of Automation Nanjing University of Science and Technology
Nanjing 210094 Peoplersquos Republic of China
Corresponding author e-mail xiangzrmailnjusteducn
Highlights
1 Some sufficient conditions for the existence of finite-time boundedness for
positive switched linear systems with time-varying delay are proposed
2 1L performance analysis for positive switched linear systems is investigated
via the average dwell time approach
3 A state memory feedback controller is designed to stabilize the time-delay
positive switched system such that the corresponding closed-loop system is
1L finite-time bounded
11
21 2 3 4
ln lnmax
ln lnf
fa a T
T μT T
e e e d
(25)
the system is 1L finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t where 1μ
satisfies (8)
Proof (4) can be directly derived from (22) Setting in Theorem 1 we can obtain from
(5) (24) and (25) that system (3) is finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t
Choosing the piecewise co-positive type Lyapunov-Krasovskii functional (9) and following the
proof line of Theorem 1 we can get from the condition (22) that
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 0p p pV t V t z t w t (26)
Let ( ) ( ) ( )w s z s s then for 1[ )k kt t t (26) gives rise to
( ) ( )( ) ( )
( ) ( )( ) ( ) ( ) t k tk k
kk
tt t t s
t t kt
V t e V t e s ds
(27)
Following the proof line of (16) for any [0 )ft T we can obtain
( ) ( )(0 ) ( )( )
( ) (0)0
( ) (0) ( ) t ttN t N s tt t s
tV t e V e s ds
Under the zero initial condition we have
( ) ( )( ) ( )( ) ( )
0 0( ) ( ) t t
t tN s t N s tt s t se z s ds e w s ds (28)
Multiplying both sides of (28) by ( ) (0 )tN t
leads to
( ) ( )(0 ) (0 )( ) ( )
0 0( ) ( ) t t
t tN s N st s t se z s ds e w s ds
Noting that ( ) (0 )t
a
sN s
T and
lnaT
we have
( ) ( )
0 0( ) ( )
t tt s s t se e z s ds e w s ds (29)
Let ft T then multiplying both sides of (29) by fT
e
leads to
2
0 0( ) ( )
f fT Tse z s ds w s ds
Setting 2 according to Definition 6 we can conclude that the claim of the theorem is true
12
The proof is completed
33 1L controller design
Consider system (1) under the controller ( )( ) ( )tu t K x t the corresponding closed-loop
system is given by
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ( )) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) [ 0]
t t t d t t
t t t t
x t A G K x t A x t d t B w t
z t C D K x t E w t
x
(30)
By Lemma 1 to guarantee the positivity of system (30) p p pA G K should be Metzler
matrices and 0p p pC D K p M
Theorem 3 Consider system (1) for a given time constant fT and two vectors 0 if
there exist positive vectors pv p and p p M and positive constants p 1 2
3 and 4 such that (5) (23) (24) and the following conditions are satisfied
p p pA G K are Metzler matrices 0p p pC D K (31)
1 2 1 2 1 2 0p p p pn p p pn p p pndiag (32)
where
T
pr pr p pr p pr pr pr pr pra v g v c f
(1 ) T
pr dpr p pra v h max pp M
T
pr pr p prb v e 12 r n n
T Tp p p pg K G v p p pF D K pr dpr pr pr pr pra a b c e f
represents the r th column vector
of matrix p dp p p p pA A B C E F prg represents the r th element of vector pg and
1 2 T
p p p pnv v v v 1 2 T
p p p pn 1 2 T
p p p pn
then under the average dwell time scheme (25) the resulting closed-loop system (30) is 1L
finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t where 1μ satisfies (8)
13
Proof Replacing pA
and pC in (22) with p p pA G K and p p pC D K respectively and
letting T T
p p p pg K G v and p p pF D K we can get (32)
The proof is completed
We are now in a position to present an algorithm for constructing the state feedback controller
gain matrices pK p M
Algorithm
Step 1 Input the matrices pΑ dpΑ pG pB pC pD
and pE
Step 2 By adjusting the parameters p we can obtain the solutions pv p p p pg F
such that (5) (23) (24) and (31) hold
Step 3 By T T
p p p pg K G v we can compute pK and then p p pF D K is obtained If
0p pF F p p pA G K are Metzler matrices and 0p p pC D K then pK are
admissible Otherwise return to Step 2
4 Numerical Example
Consider system (1) with parameters as follows
1 1 1
4 1 2 01 02 02 01
1 3 2 02 01 02 02
1 2 35 01 01 02 02
dA A B
1 1 1 1
03 02
04 01 03 02 02 06 05 03
05 02
G C D E
14
2 2 2
2 2 2 2
5 2 2 02 02 01 02
3 5 2 02 01 01 01
1 2 3 01 02 01 02
02 01
03 01 01 03 02 02 03 02
01 02
dA A B
G C D E
Choosing 10fT 1 03 2 03 01 01h 2 4 25T
10
001d 001 001 001T
and solving the inequalities in Theorem 3 we get
1
94939
151328
160609
v
2
115015
121141
160666
v
1
68860
61238
95759
2
73265
77388
46553
1
54118
47900
46451
2
26719
25244
22634
1
06343
05065
05126
g
2
02851
02590
02357
g
1
06343
05065
05126
F
2
02851
02590
02357
F
By T T
p p p pg K G v 12p we obtain
1
00325 00259 00263
00127 00101 00103K
2
00244 00222 00202
00181 00164 00149K
It is easy to verify that p p p pF F D K p p pA G K
are Metzler matrices and
0p p pC D K
From (8) and (25) we have 21028 and 45679aT Choosing 46aT
simulation results are shown in Figs 1-3 where (0) [012 01 01]Tx ( ) 0x
[ 0) and
05( ) 005 tw t e Fig1 depicts the switching signal The state trajectory of the
closed-loop system with the average dwell time 46aT is shown in Fig2 Fig 3 plots the
15
evolution of ( )Tx t it can be seen that the closed-loop system is 1L finite-time bounded with
respect to ( ( ))fT d t
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 100
1
2
3
Time(s)
Syste
m m
od
e
Fig1 Switching signal
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1001
015
02
025
03
035
04
045
05
Time(s)
Sta
te r
esp
on
se
x1
x2
x3
Fig2 State trajectory of the closed-loop system
16
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 103
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12x 10
-3
Time(s)
xT(t)ε
Fig3 The evolution of ( )Tx t
5 Conclusions
Finite-time boundedness and L1 finite-time boundedness for a class of positive switched linear
systems have been investigated in this paper Some sufficient conditions have been provided for
the finite-time stability of positive switched linear systems and the L1 finite-time boundedness is
also studied Bases on the results obtained the state feedback controllers and a class of switching
signals with the average dwell time are designed to guarantee that the closed-loop system is
finite-time stable with L1-gain performance In our further work we will extend the proposed
method to discrete-time positive switched systems with time-varying delay
Acknowledgment
This work was supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China under Grant No
61273120
References
[1] P D Berk J R Bloomer R B Howe and N I Berlin Constitutional hepatic dysfunction
17
(Gilberts syndrome) Am J Med 49(3) (1970) pp 296-305
[2] E R Carson C Cobelli and L Finkelstein Modeling and identification of metabolic
systems Am J Physiol 240(3) (1981) pp R120-R129
[3] H Caswell Matrix Population Models Construction Analysis and Interpretation
Sunderland MA Sinauer Assoc (2001)
[4] L Caccetta L R Foulds and V G Rumchev A positive linear discrete-time model of
capacity planning and its controllability properties Math Comput Model 40(1-2) (2004)
pp 217-226
[5] R Shorten D Leith J Foy and R Kilduff Analysis and design of AIMD congestion control
algorithms in communication networks Automatica 41(4) (2005) pp 725-730
[6] R Shorten F Wirth and D Leith A positive systems model of TCP-like congestion control
Asymptotic results IEEEACM Trans Netw 14(3) (2006) pp 616-629
[7] R Shorten D Leith J Foy and R Kilduff Towards an analysis and design framework for
congestion control in communication networks in Proc 12th Yale Workshop Adapt Learn
Syst (2003)
[8] A Jadbabaie J Lin and A S Morse Coordination of groups of mobile autonomous agents
using nearest neighbor rules IEEE Trans Autom Control 48(6) (2003) pp 988-1001
[9] T Kaczorek The choice of the forms of Lyapunov functions for a positive 2D Roesser model
Int J Applied Math Comp Sci 17(4) (2007) pp 471-475
[10] L Benvenuti A D Santis and L Farina Positive systems Lecture Notes in Control and
Information Sciences Berlin Germany Springer-Verlag (2003)
[11] T Kaczorek A realization problem for positive continuous-time systems with reduced
18
numbers of delays Int J Applied Math Comp Sci 16(3) (2006) pp 325-331
[12] M Rami F Tadeo A Benzaouia Control of constrained positive discrete systems in Proc
Am Control Conf New York USA (2007) pp 5851-5856
[13] M Rami F Tadeo Positive observation problem for linear discrete positive systems in Proc
45th IEEE Conf Dec Control San Diego USA (2006) pp 4729-4733
[14] H R Karimi H Gao New delay-dependent exponential Hinfin synchronization for uncertain
neural networks with mixed time delays IEEE Trans Syst Man Cybern B Cybern 40(1)
(2010) pp 173-185
[15] X Liu Constrained control of positive systems with delays IEEE Trans Autom Control
54(7) (2009) pp 1596-1600
[16] X Liu W Yu and L Wang Stability analysis of positive systems with bounded time-varying
delays IEEE Trans Circuits Syst II 56(7) (2009) pp 600-604
[17] Z R Xiang and R H Wang Robust control for uncertain switched non-linear systems with
time delay under asynchronous switching IET Control Theory Appl 3(8) (2009) pp
1041-1050
[18] D Du B Jiang and P Shi Robust l2 - linfin filter for uncertain discrete-time switched
time-delay systems Circuits Syst Signal Process 29(5) (2010) pp 925-940
[19] Y W Wang H O Wang J W Xiao and Z H Guan Synchronization of complex
dynamical networks under recoverable attacks Automatica 46(1) (2010) pp 197-203
[20] Y W Wang T Bian J W Xiao and Y Huang Robust synchronization of complex switched
networks with parametric uncertainties and two types of delays Int J Robust Nonlinear
Control 23(2) (2013) pp 190-207
19
[21] M Tang Y W Wang C Wen Improved delay-range-dependent stability criteria for linear
systems with interval time-varying delays IET Control Theory Appl 6(6) (2012) pp
868-873
[22] X Zhao L Zhang and P Shi Stability of a class of switched positive linear time-delay
systems Int J Robust Nonlinear Control 23(5) (2013) pp 578-589
[23] X Liu C Dang Stability analysis of positive switched linear systems with delays IEEE
Trans Autom Control 56(7) (2011) pp 1684-1690
[24] E Fornasini M Valcher Stability and stabilizability of special classes of discrete-time
positive switched systems in Proc Am Control Conf San Francisco USA (2011) pp
2619-2624
[25] L Gurvits R Shorten O Mason On the stability of switched positive liner systems IEEE
Trans Autom Control 52(6) (2007) pp 1009-1103
[26] F Knorn O Mason R Shorten On linear co-positive Lyapunov functions for sets of linear
positive systems Automatica 45(8) (2009) pp 1943-1947
[27] X Liu Stability analysis of switched positive systems a switched linear co-positive
Lyapunov function method IEEE Trans Circuits Syst II 56(5) (2009) pp 414-418
[28] X Lin H Du and S Li Finite-time boundedness and L2-gain analysis for switched delay
systems with norm-bounded disturbance Appl Math Comp 217(12) (2011) pp 5982-
5993
[29] L Weiss and E F Infante Finite-time stability under perturbing forces and on product spaces
IEEE Trans Autom Control 12(1) (1967) pp 54-59
[30] A N Michel and S H Wu Stability of discrete systems over a finite interval of time Int J
20
Control 9(6) (1969) pp 679-693
[31] P Dorato Short time stability in linear time-varying systems in Proc IRE Int Conv Record
New York (1961) pp 83-87
[32] Z Xiang Y Sun M S Mahmoud Robust finite-time Hinfin control for a class of uncertain
switched neutral systems Commun Nonlinear Sci Numer Simulat 17(2012) pp
1766-1778
[33] W Xiang and J Xiao Hinfin finite-time control for switched nonlinear discrete-time systems
with norm-bounded disturbance J Franklin Institute 348(2) (2010) pp 331-352
[34] H Du X Lin and S Li Finite-time stability and stabilization of switched linear systems
Joint 48th IEEE Conf Dec Control and 28th Chinese Control Conf Shanghai (2009) pp
1938-1943
[35] H Liu Y Shen Hinfin finite-time control for switched linear systems with time-varying delay
Intel Control Auto 2(3) (2011) pp 203-213
[36] Y Shen H Liu Finite-time stabilization of switched time-delay system via dynamic output
feedback control Mechanical Engin Tech AISC 125 (2012) pp 523-528
[37] G Chen and Y Yang Finite-time stabilization of switched positive linear systems Int J
Robust Nonlinear Control (2012) DOI 101002rnc2870
[38] L Hetel J Daafouz C Iung Stability analysis for discrete time switched systems with
temporary uncertain switching signal in Proc 46th IEEE Conf Dec Control New Orleans
LA (2007) pp 5623-5628
[39] P Li J Lam and Z Shu Hinfin positive filtering for positive linear discrete-time systems an
augmentation approach IEEE Trans Autom Control 55(10) (2010) pp 2337-2342
21
[40] M S Mahmoud and P Shi Asynchronous Hinfin filtering of discrete-time systems Signal
Process 92(10) (2012) pp 2356-2364
1
Finite-time L1 control for positive switched linear
systems with time-varying delay
Mei XIANG Zhengrong XIANG
School of Automation Nanjing University of Science and Technology
Nanjing 210094 Peoplersquos Republic of China
Corresponding author e-mail xiangzrmailnjusteducn
Highlights
1 Some sufficient conditions for the existence of finite-time boundedness for
positive switched linear systems with time-varying delay are proposed
2 1L performance analysis for positive switched linear systems is investigated
via the average dwell time approach
3 A state memory feedback controller is designed to stabilize the time-delay
positive switched system such that the corresponding closed-loop system is
1L finite-time bounded
12
The proof is completed
33 1L controller design
Consider system (1) under the controller ( )( ) ( )tu t K x t the corresponding closed-loop
system is given by
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ( )) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) [ 0]
t t t d t t
t t t t
x t A G K x t A x t d t B w t
z t C D K x t E w t
x
(30)
By Lemma 1 to guarantee the positivity of system (30) p p pA G K should be Metzler
matrices and 0p p pC D K p M
Theorem 3 Consider system (1) for a given time constant fT and two vectors 0 if
there exist positive vectors pv p and p p M and positive constants p 1 2
3 and 4 such that (5) (23) (24) and the following conditions are satisfied
p p pA G K are Metzler matrices 0p p pC D K (31)
1 2 1 2 1 2 0p p p pn p p pn p p pndiag (32)
where
T
pr pr p pr p pr pr pr pr pra v g v c f
(1 ) T
pr dpr p pra v h max pp M
T
pr pr p prb v e 12 r n n
T Tp p p pg K G v p p pF D K pr dpr pr pr pr pra a b c e f
represents the r th column vector
of matrix p dp p p p pA A B C E F prg represents the r th element of vector pg and
1 2 T
p p p pnv v v v 1 2 T
p p p pn 1 2 T
p p p pn
then under the average dwell time scheme (25) the resulting closed-loop system (30) is 1L
finite-time bounded with respect to ( ( ))fT d t where 1μ satisfies (8)
13
Proof Replacing pA
and pC in (22) with p p pA G K and p p pC D K respectively and
letting T T
p p p pg K G v and p p pF D K we can get (32)
The proof is completed
We are now in a position to present an algorithm for constructing the state feedback controller
gain matrices pK p M
Algorithm
Step 1 Input the matrices pΑ dpΑ pG pB pC pD
and pE
Step 2 By adjusting the parameters p we can obtain the solutions pv p p p pg F
such that (5) (23) (24) and (31) hold
Step 3 By T T
p p p pg K G v we can compute pK and then p p pF D K is obtained If
0p pF F p p pA G K are Metzler matrices and 0p p pC D K then pK are
admissible Otherwise return to Step 2
4 Numerical Example
Consider system (1) with parameters as follows
1 1 1
4 1 2 01 02 02 01
1 3 2 02 01 02 02
1 2 35 01 01 02 02
dA A B
1 1 1 1
03 02
04 01 03 02 02 06 05 03
05 02
G C D E
14
2 2 2
2 2 2 2
5 2 2 02 02 01 02
3 5 2 02 01 01 01
1 2 3 01 02 01 02
02 01
03 01 01 03 02 02 03 02
01 02
dA A B
G C D E
Choosing 10fT 1 03 2 03 01 01h 2 4 25T
10
001d 001 001 001T
and solving the inequalities in Theorem 3 we get
1
94939
151328
160609
v
2
115015
121141
160666
v
1
68860
61238
95759
2
73265
77388
46553
1
54118
47900
46451
2
26719
25244
22634
1
06343
05065
05126
g
2
02851
02590
02357
g
1
06343
05065
05126
F
2
02851
02590
02357
F
By T T
p p p pg K G v 12p we obtain
1
00325 00259 00263
00127 00101 00103K
2
00244 00222 00202
00181 00164 00149K
It is easy to verify that p p p pF F D K p p pA G K
are Metzler matrices and
0p p pC D K
From (8) and (25) we have 21028 and 45679aT Choosing 46aT
simulation results are shown in Figs 1-3 where (0) [012 01 01]Tx ( ) 0x
[ 0) and
05( ) 005 tw t e Fig1 depicts the switching signal The state trajectory of the
closed-loop system with the average dwell time 46aT is shown in Fig2 Fig 3 plots the
15
evolution of ( )Tx t it can be seen that the closed-loop system is 1L finite-time bounded with
respect to ( ( ))fT d t
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 100
1
2
3
Time(s)
Syste
m m
od
e
Fig1 Switching signal
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1001
015
02
025
03
035
04
045
05
Time(s)
Sta
te r
esp
on
se
x1
x2
x3
Fig2 State trajectory of the closed-loop system
16
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 103
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12x 10
-3
Time(s)
xT(t)ε
Fig3 The evolution of ( )Tx t
5 Conclusions
Finite-time boundedness and L1 finite-time boundedness for a class of positive switched linear
systems have been investigated in this paper Some sufficient conditions have been provided for
the finite-time stability of positive switched linear systems and the L1 finite-time boundedness is
also studied Bases on the results obtained the state feedback controllers and a class of switching
signals with the average dwell time are designed to guarantee that the closed-loop system is
finite-time stable with L1-gain performance In our further work we will extend the proposed
method to discrete-time positive switched systems with time-varying delay
Acknowledgment
This work was supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China under Grant No
61273120
References
[1] P D Berk J R Bloomer R B Howe and N I Berlin Constitutional hepatic dysfunction
17
(Gilberts syndrome) Am J Med 49(3) (1970) pp 296-305
[2] E R Carson C Cobelli and L Finkelstein Modeling and identification of metabolic
systems Am J Physiol 240(3) (1981) pp R120-R129
[3] H Caswell Matrix Population Models Construction Analysis and Interpretation
Sunderland MA Sinauer Assoc (2001)
[4] L Caccetta L R Foulds and V G Rumchev A positive linear discrete-time model of
capacity planning and its controllability properties Math Comput Model 40(1-2) (2004)
pp 217-226
[5] R Shorten D Leith J Foy and R Kilduff Analysis and design of AIMD congestion control
algorithms in communication networks Automatica 41(4) (2005) pp 725-730
[6] R Shorten F Wirth and D Leith A positive systems model of TCP-like congestion control
Asymptotic results IEEEACM Trans Netw 14(3) (2006) pp 616-629
[7] R Shorten D Leith J Foy and R Kilduff Towards an analysis and design framework for
congestion control in communication networks in Proc 12th Yale Workshop Adapt Learn
Syst (2003)
[8] A Jadbabaie J Lin and A S Morse Coordination of groups of mobile autonomous agents
using nearest neighbor rules IEEE Trans Autom Control 48(6) (2003) pp 988-1001
[9] T Kaczorek The choice of the forms of Lyapunov functions for a positive 2D Roesser model
Int J Applied Math Comp Sci 17(4) (2007) pp 471-475
[10] L Benvenuti A D Santis and L Farina Positive systems Lecture Notes in Control and
Information Sciences Berlin Germany Springer-Verlag (2003)
[11] T Kaczorek A realization problem for positive continuous-time systems with reduced
18
numbers of delays Int J Applied Math Comp Sci 16(3) (2006) pp 325-331
[12] M Rami F Tadeo A Benzaouia Control of constrained positive discrete systems in Proc
Am Control Conf New York USA (2007) pp 5851-5856
[13] M Rami F Tadeo Positive observation problem for linear discrete positive systems in Proc
45th IEEE Conf Dec Control San Diego USA (2006) pp 4729-4733
[14] H R Karimi H Gao New delay-dependent exponential Hinfin synchronization for uncertain
neural networks with mixed time delays IEEE Trans Syst Man Cybern B Cybern 40(1)
(2010) pp 173-185
[15] X Liu Constrained control of positive systems with delays IEEE Trans Autom Control
54(7) (2009) pp 1596-1600
[16] X Liu W Yu and L Wang Stability analysis of positive systems with bounded time-varying
delays IEEE Trans Circuits Syst II 56(7) (2009) pp 600-604
[17] Z R Xiang and R H Wang Robust control for uncertain switched non-linear systems with
time delay under asynchronous switching IET Control Theory Appl 3(8) (2009) pp
1041-1050
[18] D Du B Jiang and P Shi Robust l2 - linfin filter for uncertain discrete-time switched
time-delay systems Circuits Syst Signal Process 29(5) (2010) pp 925-940
[19] Y W Wang H O Wang J W Xiao and Z H Guan Synchronization of complex
dynamical networks under recoverable attacks Automatica 46(1) (2010) pp 197-203
[20] Y W Wang T Bian J W Xiao and Y Huang Robust synchronization of complex switched
networks with parametric uncertainties and two types of delays Int J Robust Nonlinear
Control 23(2) (2013) pp 190-207
19
[21] M Tang Y W Wang C Wen Improved delay-range-dependent stability criteria for linear
systems with interval time-varying delays IET Control Theory Appl 6(6) (2012) pp
868-873
[22] X Zhao L Zhang and P Shi Stability of a class of switched positive linear time-delay
systems Int J Robust Nonlinear Control 23(5) (2013) pp 578-589
[23] X Liu C Dang Stability analysis of positive switched linear systems with delays IEEE
Trans Autom Control 56(7) (2011) pp 1684-1690
[24] E Fornasini M Valcher Stability and stabilizability of special classes of discrete-time
positive switched systems in Proc Am Control Conf San Francisco USA (2011) pp
2619-2624
[25] L Gurvits R Shorten O Mason On the stability of switched positive liner systems IEEE
Trans Autom Control 52(6) (2007) pp 1009-1103
[26] F Knorn O Mason R Shorten On linear co-positive Lyapunov functions for sets of linear
positive systems Automatica 45(8) (2009) pp 1943-1947
[27] X Liu Stability analysis of switched positive systems a switched linear co-positive
Lyapunov function method IEEE Trans Circuits Syst II 56(5) (2009) pp 414-418
[28] X Lin H Du and S Li Finite-time boundedness and L2-gain analysis for switched delay
systems with norm-bounded disturbance Appl Math Comp 217(12) (2011) pp 5982-
5993
[29] L Weiss and E F Infante Finite-time stability under perturbing forces and on product spaces
IEEE Trans Autom Control 12(1) (1967) pp 54-59
[30] A N Michel and S H Wu Stability of discrete systems over a finite interval of time Int J
20
Control 9(6) (1969) pp 679-693
[31] P Dorato Short time stability in linear time-varying systems in Proc IRE Int Conv Record
New York (1961) pp 83-87
[32] Z Xiang Y Sun M S Mahmoud Robust finite-time Hinfin control for a class of uncertain
switched neutral systems Commun Nonlinear Sci Numer Simulat 17(2012) pp
1766-1778
[33] W Xiang and J Xiao Hinfin finite-time control for switched nonlinear discrete-time systems
with norm-bounded disturbance J Franklin Institute 348(2) (2010) pp 331-352
[34] H Du X Lin and S Li Finite-time stability and stabilization of switched linear systems
Joint 48th IEEE Conf Dec Control and 28th Chinese Control Conf Shanghai (2009) pp
1938-1943
[35] H Liu Y Shen Hinfin finite-time control for switched linear systems with time-varying delay
Intel Control Auto 2(3) (2011) pp 203-213
[36] Y Shen H Liu Finite-time stabilization of switched time-delay system via dynamic output
feedback control Mechanical Engin Tech AISC 125 (2012) pp 523-528
[37] G Chen and Y Yang Finite-time stabilization of switched positive linear systems Int J
Robust Nonlinear Control (2012) DOI 101002rnc2870
[38] L Hetel J Daafouz C Iung Stability analysis for discrete time switched systems with
temporary uncertain switching signal in Proc 46th IEEE Conf Dec Control New Orleans
LA (2007) pp 5623-5628
[39] P Li J Lam and Z Shu Hinfin positive filtering for positive linear discrete-time systems an
augmentation approach IEEE Trans Autom Control 55(10) (2010) pp 2337-2342
21
[40] M S Mahmoud and P Shi Asynchronous Hinfin filtering of discrete-time systems Signal
Process 92(10) (2012) pp 2356-2364
1
Finite-time L1 control for positive switched linear
systems with time-varying delay
Mei XIANG Zhengrong XIANG
School of Automation Nanjing University of Science and Technology
Nanjing 210094 Peoplersquos Republic of China
Corresponding author e-mail xiangzrmailnjusteducn
Highlights
1 Some sufficient conditions for the existence of finite-time boundedness for
positive switched linear systems with time-varying delay are proposed
2 1L performance analysis for positive switched linear systems is investigated
via the average dwell time approach
3 A state memory feedback controller is designed to stabilize the time-delay
positive switched system such that the corresponding closed-loop system is
1L finite-time bounded
13
Proof Replacing pA
and pC in (22) with p p pA G K and p p pC D K respectively and
letting T T
p p p pg K G v and p p pF D K we can get (32)
The proof is completed
We are now in a position to present an algorithm for constructing the state feedback controller
gain matrices pK p M
Algorithm
Step 1 Input the matrices pΑ dpΑ pG pB pC pD
and pE
Step 2 By adjusting the parameters p we can obtain the solutions pv p p p pg F
such that (5) (23) (24) and (31) hold
Step 3 By T T
p p p pg K G v we can compute pK and then p p pF D K is obtained If
0p pF F p p pA G K are Metzler matrices and 0p p pC D K then pK are
admissible Otherwise return to Step 2
4 Numerical Example
Consider system (1) with parameters as follows
1 1 1
4 1 2 01 02 02 01
1 3 2 02 01 02 02
1 2 35 01 01 02 02
dA A B
1 1 1 1
03 02
04 01 03 02 02 06 05 03
05 02
G C D E
14
2 2 2
2 2 2 2
5 2 2 02 02 01 02
3 5 2 02 01 01 01
1 2 3 01 02 01 02
02 01
03 01 01 03 02 02 03 02
01 02
dA A B
G C D E
Choosing 10fT 1 03 2 03 01 01h 2 4 25T
10
001d 001 001 001T
and solving the inequalities in Theorem 3 we get
1
94939
151328
160609
v
2
115015
121141
160666
v
1
68860
61238
95759
2
73265
77388
46553
1
54118
47900
46451
2
26719
25244
22634
1
06343
05065
05126
g
2
02851
02590
02357
g
1
06343
05065
05126
F
2
02851
02590
02357
F
By T T
p p p pg K G v 12p we obtain
1
00325 00259 00263
00127 00101 00103K
2
00244 00222 00202
00181 00164 00149K
It is easy to verify that p p p pF F D K p p pA G K
are Metzler matrices and
0p p pC D K
From (8) and (25) we have 21028 and 45679aT Choosing 46aT
simulation results are shown in Figs 1-3 where (0) [012 01 01]Tx ( ) 0x
[ 0) and
05( ) 005 tw t e Fig1 depicts the switching signal The state trajectory of the
closed-loop system with the average dwell time 46aT is shown in Fig2 Fig 3 plots the
15
evolution of ( )Tx t it can be seen that the closed-loop system is 1L finite-time bounded with
respect to ( ( ))fT d t
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 100
1
2
3
Time(s)
Syste
m m
od
e
Fig1 Switching signal
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1001
015
02
025
03
035
04
045
05
Time(s)
Sta
te r
esp
on
se
x1
x2
x3
Fig2 State trajectory of the closed-loop system
16
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 103
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12x 10
-3
Time(s)
xT(t)ε
Fig3 The evolution of ( )Tx t
5 Conclusions
Finite-time boundedness and L1 finite-time boundedness for a class of positive switched linear
systems have been investigated in this paper Some sufficient conditions have been provided for
the finite-time stability of positive switched linear systems and the L1 finite-time boundedness is
also studied Bases on the results obtained the state feedback controllers and a class of switching
signals with the average dwell time are designed to guarantee that the closed-loop system is
finite-time stable with L1-gain performance In our further work we will extend the proposed
method to discrete-time positive switched systems with time-varying delay
Acknowledgment
This work was supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China under Grant No
61273120
References
[1] P D Berk J R Bloomer R B Howe and N I Berlin Constitutional hepatic dysfunction
17
(Gilberts syndrome) Am J Med 49(3) (1970) pp 296-305
[2] E R Carson C Cobelli and L Finkelstein Modeling and identification of metabolic
systems Am J Physiol 240(3) (1981) pp R120-R129
[3] H Caswell Matrix Population Models Construction Analysis and Interpretation
Sunderland MA Sinauer Assoc (2001)
[4] L Caccetta L R Foulds and V G Rumchev A positive linear discrete-time model of
capacity planning and its controllability properties Math Comput Model 40(1-2) (2004)
pp 217-226
[5] R Shorten D Leith J Foy and R Kilduff Analysis and design of AIMD congestion control
algorithms in communication networks Automatica 41(4) (2005) pp 725-730
[6] R Shorten F Wirth and D Leith A positive systems model of TCP-like congestion control
Asymptotic results IEEEACM Trans Netw 14(3) (2006) pp 616-629
[7] R Shorten D Leith J Foy and R Kilduff Towards an analysis and design framework for
congestion control in communication networks in Proc 12th Yale Workshop Adapt Learn
Syst (2003)
[8] A Jadbabaie J Lin and A S Morse Coordination of groups of mobile autonomous agents
using nearest neighbor rules IEEE Trans Autom Control 48(6) (2003) pp 988-1001
[9] T Kaczorek The choice of the forms of Lyapunov functions for a positive 2D Roesser model
Int J Applied Math Comp Sci 17(4) (2007) pp 471-475
[10] L Benvenuti A D Santis and L Farina Positive systems Lecture Notes in Control and
Information Sciences Berlin Germany Springer-Verlag (2003)
[11] T Kaczorek A realization problem for positive continuous-time systems with reduced
18
numbers of delays Int J Applied Math Comp Sci 16(3) (2006) pp 325-331
[12] M Rami F Tadeo A Benzaouia Control of constrained positive discrete systems in Proc
Am Control Conf New York USA (2007) pp 5851-5856
[13] M Rami F Tadeo Positive observation problem for linear discrete positive systems in Proc
45th IEEE Conf Dec Control San Diego USA (2006) pp 4729-4733
[14] H R Karimi H Gao New delay-dependent exponential Hinfin synchronization for uncertain
neural networks with mixed time delays IEEE Trans Syst Man Cybern B Cybern 40(1)
(2010) pp 173-185
[15] X Liu Constrained control of positive systems with delays IEEE Trans Autom Control
54(7) (2009) pp 1596-1600
[16] X Liu W Yu and L Wang Stability analysis of positive systems with bounded time-varying
delays IEEE Trans Circuits Syst II 56(7) (2009) pp 600-604
[17] Z R Xiang and R H Wang Robust control for uncertain switched non-linear systems with
time delay under asynchronous switching IET Control Theory Appl 3(8) (2009) pp
1041-1050
[18] D Du B Jiang and P Shi Robust l2 - linfin filter for uncertain discrete-time switched
time-delay systems Circuits Syst Signal Process 29(5) (2010) pp 925-940
[19] Y W Wang H O Wang J W Xiao and Z H Guan Synchronization of complex
dynamical networks under recoverable attacks Automatica 46(1) (2010) pp 197-203
[20] Y W Wang T Bian J W Xiao and Y Huang Robust synchronization of complex switched
networks with parametric uncertainties and two types of delays Int J Robust Nonlinear
Control 23(2) (2013) pp 190-207
19
[21] M Tang Y W Wang C Wen Improved delay-range-dependent stability criteria for linear
systems with interval time-varying delays IET Control Theory Appl 6(6) (2012) pp
868-873
[22] X Zhao L Zhang and P Shi Stability of a class of switched positive linear time-delay
systems Int J Robust Nonlinear Control 23(5) (2013) pp 578-589
[23] X Liu C Dang Stability analysis of positive switched linear systems with delays IEEE
Trans Autom Control 56(7) (2011) pp 1684-1690
[24] E Fornasini M Valcher Stability and stabilizability of special classes of discrete-time
positive switched systems in Proc Am Control Conf San Francisco USA (2011) pp
2619-2624
[25] L Gurvits R Shorten O Mason On the stability of switched positive liner systems IEEE
Trans Autom Control 52(6) (2007) pp 1009-1103
[26] F Knorn O Mason R Shorten On linear co-positive Lyapunov functions for sets of linear
positive systems Automatica 45(8) (2009) pp 1943-1947
[27] X Liu Stability analysis of switched positive systems a switched linear co-positive
Lyapunov function method IEEE Trans Circuits Syst II 56(5) (2009) pp 414-418
[28] X Lin H Du and S Li Finite-time boundedness and L2-gain analysis for switched delay
systems with norm-bounded disturbance Appl Math Comp 217(12) (2011) pp 5982-
5993
[29] L Weiss and E F Infante Finite-time stability under perturbing forces and on product spaces
IEEE Trans Autom Control 12(1) (1967) pp 54-59
[30] A N Michel and S H Wu Stability of discrete systems over a finite interval of time Int J
20
Control 9(6) (1969) pp 679-693
[31] P Dorato Short time stability in linear time-varying systems in Proc IRE Int Conv Record
New York (1961) pp 83-87
[32] Z Xiang Y Sun M S Mahmoud Robust finite-time Hinfin control for a class of uncertain
switched neutral systems Commun Nonlinear Sci Numer Simulat 17(2012) pp
1766-1778
[33] W Xiang and J Xiao Hinfin finite-time control for switched nonlinear discrete-time systems
with norm-bounded disturbance J Franklin Institute 348(2) (2010) pp 331-352
[34] H Du X Lin and S Li Finite-time stability and stabilization of switched linear systems
Joint 48th IEEE Conf Dec Control and 28th Chinese Control Conf Shanghai (2009) pp
1938-1943
[35] H Liu Y Shen Hinfin finite-time control for switched linear systems with time-varying delay
Intel Control Auto 2(3) (2011) pp 203-213
[36] Y Shen H Liu Finite-time stabilization of switched time-delay system via dynamic output
feedback control Mechanical Engin Tech AISC 125 (2012) pp 523-528
[37] G Chen and Y Yang Finite-time stabilization of switched positive linear systems Int J
Robust Nonlinear Control (2012) DOI 101002rnc2870
[38] L Hetel J Daafouz C Iung Stability analysis for discrete time switched systems with
temporary uncertain switching signal in Proc 46th IEEE Conf Dec Control New Orleans
LA (2007) pp 5623-5628
[39] P Li J Lam and Z Shu Hinfin positive filtering for positive linear discrete-time systems an
augmentation approach IEEE Trans Autom Control 55(10) (2010) pp 2337-2342
21
[40] M S Mahmoud and P Shi Asynchronous Hinfin filtering of discrete-time systems Signal
Process 92(10) (2012) pp 2356-2364
1
Finite-time L1 control for positive switched linear
systems with time-varying delay
Mei XIANG Zhengrong XIANG
School of Automation Nanjing University of Science and Technology
Nanjing 210094 Peoplersquos Republic of China
Corresponding author e-mail xiangzrmailnjusteducn
Highlights
1 Some sufficient conditions for the existence of finite-time boundedness for
positive switched linear systems with time-varying delay are proposed
2 1L performance analysis for positive switched linear systems is investigated
via the average dwell time approach
3 A state memory feedback controller is designed to stabilize the time-delay
positive switched system such that the corresponding closed-loop system is
1L finite-time bounded
14
2 2 2
2 2 2 2
5 2 2 02 02 01 02
3 5 2 02 01 01 01
1 2 3 01 02 01 02
02 01
03 01 01 03 02 02 03 02
01 02
dA A B
G C D E
Choosing 10fT 1 03 2 03 01 01h 2 4 25T
10
001d 001 001 001T
and solving the inequalities in Theorem 3 we get
1
94939
151328
160609
v
2
115015
121141
160666
v
1
68860
61238
95759
2
73265
77388
46553
1
54118
47900
46451
2
26719
25244
22634
1
06343
05065
05126
g
2
02851
02590
02357
g
1
06343
05065
05126
F
2
02851
02590
02357
F
By T T
p p p pg K G v 12p we obtain
1
00325 00259 00263
00127 00101 00103K
2
00244 00222 00202
00181 00164 00149K
It is easy to verify that p p p pF F D K p p pA G K
are Metzler matrices and
0p p pC D K
From (8) and (25) we have 21028 and 45679aT Choosing 46aT
simulation results are shown in Figs 1-3 where (0) [012 01 01]Tx ( ) 0x
[ 0) and
05( ) 005 tw t e Fig1 depicts the switching signal The state trajectory of the
closed-loop system with the average dwell time 46aT is shown in Fig2 Fig 3 plots the
15
evolution of ( )Tx t it can be seen that the closed-loop system is 1L finite-time bounded with
respect to ( ( ))fT d t
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 100
1
2
3
Time(s)
Syste
m m
od
e
Fig1 Switching signal
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1001
015
02
025
03
035
04
045
05
Time(s)
Sta
te r
esp
on
se
x1
x2
x3
Fig2 State trajectory of the closed-loop system
16
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 103
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12x 10
-3
Time(s)
xT(t)ε
Fig3 The evolution of ( )Tx t
5 Conclusions
Finite-time boundedness and L1 finite-time boundedness for a class of positive switched linear
systems have been investigated in this paper Some sufficient conditions have been provided for
the finite-time stability of positive switched linear systems and the L1 finite-time boundedness is
also studied Bases on the results obtained the state feedback controllers and a class of switching
signals with the average dwell time are designed to guarantee that the closed-loop system is
finite-time stable with L1-gain performance In our further work we will extend the proposed
method to discrete-time positive switched systems with time-varying delay
Acknowledgment
This work was supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China under Grant No
61273120
References
[1] P D Berk J R Bloomer R B Howe and N I Berlin Constitutional hepatic dysfunction
17
(Gilberts syndrome) Am J Med 49(3) (1970) pp 296-305
[2] E R Carson C Cobelli and L Finkelstein Modeling and identification of metabolic
systems Am J Physiol 240(3) (1981) pp R120-R129
[3] H Caswell Matrix Population Models Construction Analysis and Interpretation
Sunderland MA Sinauer Assoc (2001)
[4] L Caccetta L R Foulds and V G Rumchev A positive linear discrete-time model of
capacity planning and its controllability properties Math Comput Model 40(1-2) (2004)
pp 217-226
[5] R Shorten D Leith J Foy and R Kilduff Analysis and design of AIMD congestion control
algorithms in communication networks Automatica 41(4) (2005) pp 725-730
[6] R Shorten F Wirth and D Leith A positive systems model of TCP-like congestion control
Asymptotic results IEEEACM Trans Netw 14(3) (2006) pp 616-629
[7] R Shorten D Leith J Foy and R Kilduff Towards an analysis and design framework for
congestion control in communication networks in Proc 12th Yale Workshop Adapt Learn
Syst (2003)
[8] A Jadbabaie J Lin and A S Morse Coordination of groups of mobile autonomous agents
using nearest neighbor rules IEEE Trans Autom Control 48(6) (2003) pp 988-1001
[9] T Kaczorek The choice of the forms of Lyapunov functions for a positive 2D Roesser model
Int J Applied Math Comp Sci 17(4) (2007) pp 471-475
[10] L Benvenuti A D Santis and L Farina Positive systems Lecture Notes in Control and
Information Sciences Berlin Germany Springer-Verlag (2003)
[11] T Kaczorek A realization problem for positive continuous-time systems with reduced
18
numbers of delays Int J Applied Math Comp Sci 16(3) (2006) pp 325-331
[12] M Rami F Tadeo A Benzaouia Control of constrained positive discrete systems in Proc
Am Control Conf New York USA (2007) pp 5851-5856
[13] M Rami F Tadeo Positive observation problem for linear discrete positive systems in Proc
45th IEEE Conf Dec Control San Diego USA (2006) pp 4729-4733
[14] H R Karimi H Gao New delay-dependent exponential Hinfin synchronization for uncertain
neural networks with mixed time delays IEEE Trans Syst Man Cybern B Cybern 40(1)
(2010) pp 173-185
[15] X Liu Constrained control of positive systems with delays IEEE Trans Autom Control
54(7) (2009) pp 1596-1600
[16] X Liu W Yu and L Wang Stability analysis of positive systems with bounded time-varying
delays IEEE Trans Circuits Syst II 56(7) (2009) pp 600-604
[17] Z R Xiang and R H Wang Robust control for uncertain switched non-linear systems with
time delay under asynchronous switching IET Control Theory Appl 3(8) (2009) pp
1041-1050
[18] D Du B Jiang and P Shi Robust l2 - linfin filter for uncertain discrete-time switched
time-delay systems Circuits Syst Signal Process 29(5) (2010) pp 925-940
[19] Y W Wang H O Wang J W Xiao and Z H Guan Synchronization of complex
dynamical networks under recoverable attacks Automatica 46(1) (2010) pp 197-203
[20] Y W Wang T Bian J W Xiao and Y Huang Robust synchronization of complex switched
networks with parametric uncertainties and two types of delays Int J Robust Nonlinear
Control 23(2) (2013) pp 190-207
19
[21] M Tang Y W Wang C Wen Improved delay-range-dependent stability criteria for linear
systems with interval time-varying delays IET Control Theory Appl 6(6) (2012) pp
868-873
[22] X Zhao L Zhang and P Shi Stability of a class of switched positive linear time-delay
systems Int J Robust Nonlinear Control 23(5) (2013) pp 578-589
[23] X Liu C Dang Stability analysis of positive switched linear systems with delays IEEE
Trans Autom Control 56(7) (2011) pp 1684-1690
[24] E Fornasini M Valcher Stability and stabilizability of special classes of discrete-time
positive switched systems in Proc Am Control Conf San Francisco USA (2011) pp
2619-2624
[25] L Gurvits R Shorten O Mason On the stability of switched positive liner systems IEEE
Trans Autom Control 52(6) (2007) pp 1009-1103
[26] F Knorn O Mason R Shorten On linear co-positive Lyapunov functions for sets of linear
positive systems Automatica 45(8) (2009) pp 1943-1947
[27] X Liu Stability analysis of switched positive systems a switched linear co-positive
Lyapunov function method IEEE Trans Circuits Syst II 56(5) (2009) pp 414-418
[28] X Lin H Du and S Li Finite-time boundedness and L2-gain analysis for switched delay
systems with norm-bounded disturbance Appl Math Comp 217(12) (2011) pp 5982-
5993
[29] L Weiss and E F Infante Finite-time stability under perturbing forces and on product spaces
IEEE Trans Autom Control 12(1) (1967) pp 54-59
[30] A N Michel and S H Wu Stability of discrete systems over a finite interval of time Int J
20
Control 9(6) (1969) pp 679-693
[31] P Dorato Short time stability in linear time-varying systems in Proc IRE Int Conv Record
New York (1961) pp 83-87
[32] Z Xiang Y Sun M S Mahmoud Robust finite-time Hinfin control for a class of uncertain
switched neutral systems Commun Nonlinear Sci Numer Simulat 17(2012) pp
1766-1778
[33] W Xiang and J Xiao Hinfin finite-time control for switched nonlinear discrete-time systems
with norm-bounded disturbance J Franklin Institute 348(2) (2010) pp 331-352
[34] H Du X Lin and S Li Finite-time stability and stabilization of switched linear systems
Joint 48th IEEE Conf Dec Control and 28th Chinese Control Conf Shanghai (2009) pp
1938-1943
[35] H Liu Y Shen Hinfin finite-time control for switched linear systems with time-varying delay
Intel Control Auto 2(3) (2011) pp 203-213
[36] Y Shen H Liu Finite-time stabilization of switched time-delay system via dynamic output
feedback control Mechanical Engin Tech AISC 125 (2012) pp 523-528
[37] G Chen and Y Yang Finite-time stabilization of switched positive linear systems Int J
Robust Nonlinear Control (2012) DOI 101002rnc2870
[38] L Hetel J Daafouz C Iung Stability analysis for discrete time switched systems with
temporary uncertain switching signal in Proc 46th IEEE Conf Dec Control New Orleans
LA (2007) pp 5623-5628
[39] P Li J Lam and Z Shu Hinfin positive filtering for positive linear discrete-time systems an
augmentation approach IEEE Trans Autom Control 55(10) (2010) pp 2337-2342
21
[40] M S Mahmoud and P Shi Asynchronous Hinfin filtering of discrete-time systems Signal
Process 92(10) (2012) pp 2356-2364
1
Finite-time L1 control for positive switched linear
systems with time-varying delay
Mei XIANG Zhengrong XIANG
School of Automation Nanjing University of Science and Technology
Nanjing 210094 Peoplersquos Republic of China
Corresponding author e-mail xiangzrmailnjusteducn
Highlights
1 Some sufficient conditions for the existence of finite-time boundedness for
positive switched linear systems with time-varying delay are proposed
2 1L performance analysis for positive switched linear systems is investigated
via the average dwell time approach
3 A state memory feedback controller is designed to stabilize the time-delay
positive switched system such that the corresponding closed-loop system is
1L finite-time bounded
15
evolution of ( )Tx t it can be seen that the closed-loop system is 1L finite-time bounded with
respect to ( ( ))fT d t
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 100
1
2
3
Time(s)
Syste
m m
od
e
Fig1 Switching signal
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1001
015
02
025
03
035
04
045
05
Time(s)
Sta
te r
esp
on
se
x1
x2
x3
Fig2 State trajectory of the closed-loop system
16
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 103
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12x 10
-3
Time(s)
xT(t)ε
Fig3 The evolution of ( )Tx t
5 Conclusions
Finite-time boundedness and L1 finite-time boundedness for a class of positive switched linear
systems have been investigated in this paper Some sufficient conditions have been provided for
the finite-time stability of positive switched linear systems and the L1 finite-time boundedness is
also studied Bases on the results obtained the state feedback controllers and a class of switching
signals with the average dwell time are designed to guarantee that the closed-loop system is
finite-time stable with L1-gain performance In our further work we will extend the proposed
method to discrete-time positive switched systems with time-varying delay
Acknowledgment
This work was supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China under Grant No
61273120
References
[1] P D Berk J R Bloomer R B Howe and N I Berlin Constitutional hepatic dysfunction
17
(Gilberts syndrome) Am J Med 49(3) (1970) pp 296-305
[2] E R Carson C Cobelli and L Finkelstein Modeling and identification of metabolic
systems Am J Physiol 240(3) (1981) pp R120-R129
[3] H Caswell Matrix Population Models Construction Analysis and Interpretation
Sunderland MA Sinauer Assoc (2001)
[4] L Caccetta L R Foulds and V G Rumchev A positive linear discrete-time model of
capacity planning and its controllability properties Math Comput Model 40(1-2) (2004)
pp 217-226
[5] R Shorten D Leith J Foy and R Kilduff Analysis and design of AIMD congestion control
algorithms in communication networks Automatica 41(4) (2005) pp 725-730
[6] R Shorten F Wirth and D Leith A positive systems model of TCP-like congestion control
Asymptotic results IEEEACM Trans Netw 14(3) (2006) pp 616-629
[7] R Shorten D Leith J Foy and R Kilduff Towards an analysis and design framework for
congestion control in communication networks in Proc 12th Yale Workshop Adapt Learn
Syst (2003)
[8] A Jadbabaie J Lin and A S Morse Coordination of groups of mobile autonomous agents
using nearest neighbor rules IEEE Trans Autom Control 48(6) (2003) pp 988-1001
[9] T Kaczorek The choice of the forms of Lyapunov functions for a positive 2D Roesser model
Int J Applied Math Comp Sci 17(4) (2007) pp 471-475
[10] L Benvenuti A D Santis and L Farina Positive systems Lecture Notes in Control and
Information Sciences Berlin Germany Springer-Verlag (2003)
[11] T Kaczorek A realization problem for positive continuous-time systems with reduced
18
numbers of delays Int J Applied Math Comp Sci 16(3) (2006) pp 325-331
[12] M Rami F Tadeo A Benzaouia Control of constrained positive discrete systems in Proc
Am Control Conf New York USA (2007) pp 5851-5856
[13] M Rami F Tadeo Positive observation problem for linear discrete positive systems in Proc
45th IEEE Conf Dec Control San Diego USA (2006) pp 4729-4733
[14] H R Karimi H Gao New delay-dependent exponential Hinfin synchronization for uncertain
neural networks with mixed time delays IEEE Trans Syst Man Cybern B Cybern 40(1)
(2010) pp 173-185
[15] X Liu Constrained control of positive systems with delays IEEE Trans Autom Control
54(7) (2009) pp 1596-1600
[16] X Liu W Yu and L Wang Stability analysis of positive systems with bounded time-varying
delays IEEE Trans Circuits Syst II 56(7) (2009) pp 600-604
[17] Z R Xiang and R H Wang Robust control for uncertain switched non-linear systems with
time delay under asynchronous switching IET Control Theory Appl 3(8) (2009) pp
1041-1050
[18] D Du B Jiang and P Shi Robust l2 - linfin filter for uncertain discrete-time switched
time-delay systems Circuits Syst Signal Process 29(5) (2010) pp 925-940
[19] Y W Wang H O Wang J W Xiao and Z H Guan Synchronization of complex
dynamical networks under recoverable attacks Automatica 46(1) (2010) pp 197-203
[20] Y W Wang T Bian J W Xiao and Y Huang Robust synchronization of complex switched
networks with parametric uncertainties and two types of delays Int J Robust Nonlinear
Control 23(2) (2013) pp 190-207
19
[21] M Tang Y W Wang C Wen Improved delay-range-dependent stability criteria for linear
systems with interval time-varying delays IET Control Theory Appl 6(6) (2012) pp
868-873
[22] X Zhao L Zhang and P Shi Stability of a class of switched positive linear time-delay
systems Int J Robust Nonlinear Control 23(5) (2013) pp 578-589
[23] X Liu C Dang Stability analysis of positive switched linear systems with delays IEEE
Trans Autom Control 56(7) (2011) pp 1684-1690
[24] E Fornasini M Valcher Stability and stabilizability of special classes of discrete-time
positive switched systems in Proc Am Control Conf San Francisco USA (2011) pp
2619-2624
[25] L Gurvits R Shorten O Mason On the stability of switched positive liner systems IEEE
Trans Autom Control 52(6) (2007) pp 1009-1103
[26] F Knorn O Mason R Shorten On linear co-positive Lyapunov functions for sets of linear
positive systems Automatica 45(8) (2009) pp 1943-1947
[27] X Liu Stability analysis of switched positive systems a switched linear co-positive
Lyapunov function method IEEE Trans Circuits Syst II 56(5) (2009) pp 414-418
[28] X Lin H Du and S Li Finite-time boundedness and L2-gain analysis for switched delay
systems with norm-bounded disturbance Appl Math Comp 217(12) (2011) pp 5982-
5993
[29] L Weiss and E F Infante Finite-time stability under perturbing forces and on product spaces
IEEE Trans Autom Control 12(1) (1967) pp 54-59
[30] A N Michel and S H Wu Stability of discrete systems over a finite interval of time Int J
20
Control 9(6) (1969) pp 679-693
[31] P Dorato Short time stability in linear time-varying systems in Proc IRE Int Conv Record
New York (1961) pp 83-87
[32] Z Xiang Y Sun M S Mahmoud Robust finite-time Hinfin control for a class of uncertain
switched neutral systems Commun Nonlinear Sci Numer Simulat 17(2012) pp
1766-1778
[33] W Xiang and J Xiao Hinfin finite-time control for switched nonlinear discrete-time systems
with norm-bounded disturbance J Franklin Institute 348(2) (2010) pp 331-352
[34] H Du X Lin and S Li Finite-time stability and stabilization of switched linear systems
Joint 48th IEEE Conf Dec Control and 28th Chinese Control Conf Shanghai (2009) pp
1938-1943
[35] H Liu Y Shen Hinfin finite-time control for switched linear systems with time-varying delay
Intel Control Auto 2(3) (2011) pp 203-213
[36] Y Shen H Liu Finite-time stabilization of switched time-delay system via dynamic output
feedback control Mechanical Engin Tech AISC 125 (2012) pp 523-528
[37] G Chen and Y Yang Finite-time stabilization of switched positive linear systems Int J
Robust Nonlinear Control (2012) DOI 101002rnc2870
[38] L Hetel J Daafouz C Iung Stability analysis for discrete time switched systems with
temporary uncertain switching signal in Proc 46th IEEE Conf Dec Control New Orleans
LA (2007) pp 5623-5628
[39] P Li J Lam and Z Shu Hinfin positive filtering for positive linear discrete-time systems an
augmentation approach IEEE Trans Autom Control 55(10) (2010) pp 2337-2342
21
[40] M S Mahmoud and P Shi Asynchronous Hinfin filtering of discrete-time systems Signal
Process 92(10) (2012) pp 2356-2364
1
Finite-time L1 control for positive switched linear
systems with time-varying delay
Mei XIANG Zhengrong XIANG
School of Automation Nanjing University of Science and Technology
Nanjing 210094 Peoplersquos Republic of China
Corresponding author e-mail xiangzrmailnjusteducn
Highlights
1 Some sufficient conditions for the existence of finite-time boundedness for
positive switched linear systems with time-varying delay are proposed
2 1L performance analysis for positive switched linear systems is investigated
via the average dwell time approach
3 A state memory feedback controller is designed to stabilize the time-delay
positive switched system such that the corresponding closed-loop system is
1L finite-time bounded
16
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 103
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12x 10
-3
Time(s)
xT(t)ε
Fig3 The evolution of ( )Tx t
5 Conclusions
Finite-time boundedness and L1 finite-time boundedness for a class of positive switched linear
systems have been investigated in this paper Some sufficient conditions have been provided for
the finite-time stability of positive switched linear systems and the L1 finite-time boundedness is
also studied Bases on the results obtained the state feedback controllers and a class of switching
signals with the average dwell time are designed to guarantee that the closed-loop system is
finite-time stable with L1-gain performance In our further work we will extend the proposed
method to discrete-time positive switched systems with time-varying delay
Acknowledgment
This work was supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China under Grant No
61273120
References
[1] P D Berk J R Bloomer R B Howe and N I Berlin Constitutional hepatic dysfunction
17
(Gilberts syndrome) Am J Med 49(3) (1970) pp 296-305
[2] E R Carson C Cobelli and L Finkelstein Modeling and identification of metabolic
systems Am J Physiol 240(3) (1981) pp R120-R129
[3] H Caswell Matrix Population Models Construction Analysis and Interpretation
Sunderland MA Sinauer Assoc (2001)
[4] L Caccetta L R Foulds and V G Rumchev A positive linear discrete-time model of
capacity planning and its controllability properties Math Comput Model 40(1-2) (2004)
pp 217-226
[5] R Shorten D Leith J Foy and R Kilduff Analysis and design of AIMD congestion control
algorithms in communication networks Automatica 41(4) (2005) pp 725-730
[6] R Shorten F Wirth and D Leith A positive systems model of TCP-like congestion control
Asymptotic results IEEEACM Trans Netw 14(3) (2006) pp 616-629
[7] R Shorten D Leith J Foy and R Kilduff Towards an analysis and design framework for
congestion control in communication networks in Proc 12th Yale Workshop Adapt Learn
Syst (2003)
[8] A Jadbabaie J Lin and A S Morse Coordination of groups of mobile autonomous agents
using nearest neighbor rules IEEE Trans Autom Control 48(6) (2003) pp 988-1001
[9] T Kaczorek The choice of the forms of Lyapunov functions for a positive 2D Roesser model
Int J Applied Math Comp Sci 17(4) (2007) pp 471-475
[10] L Benvenuti A D Santis and L Farina Positive systems Lecture Notes in Control and
Information Sciences Berlin Germany Springer-Verlag (2003)
[11] T Kaczorek A realization problem for positive continuous-time systems with reduced
18
numbers of delays Int J Applied Math Comp Sci 16(3) (2006) pp 325-331
[12] M Rami F Tadeo A Benzaouia Control of constrained positive discrete systems in Proc
Am Control Conf New York USA (2007) pp 5851-5856
[13] M Rami F Tadeo Positive observation problem for linear discrete positive systems in Proc
45th IEEE Conf Dec Control San Diego USA (2006) pp 4729-4733
[14] H R Karimi H Gao New delay-dependent exponential Hinfin synchronization for uncertain
neural networks with mixed time delays IEEE Trans Syst Man Cybern B Cybern 40(1)
(2010) pp 173-185
[15] X Liu Constrained control of positive systems with delays IEEE Trans Autom Control
54(7) (2009) pp 1596-1600
[16] X Liu W Yu and L Wang Stability analysis of positive systems with bounded time-varying
delays IEEE Trans Circuits Syst II 56(7) (2009) pp 600-604
[17] Z R Xiang and R H Wang Robust control for uncertain switched non-linear systems with
time delay under asynchronous switching IET Control Theory Appl 3(8) (2009) pp
1041-1050
[18] D Du B Jiang and P Shi Robust l2 - linfin filter for uncertain discrete-time switched
time-delay systems Circuits Syst Signal Process 29(5) (2010) pp 925-940
[19] Y W Wang H O Wang J W Xiao and Z H Guan Synchronization of complex
dynamical networks under recoverable attacks Automatica 46(1) (2010) pp 197-203
[20] Y W Wang T Bian J W Xiao and Y Huang Robust synchronization of complex switched
networks with parametric uncertainties and two types of delays Int J Robust Nonlinear
Control 23(2) (2013) pp 190-207
19
[21] M Tang Y W Wang C Wen Improved delay-range-dependent stability criteria for linear
systems with interval time-varying delays IET Control Theory Appl 6(6) (2012) pp
868-873
[22] X Zhao L Zhang and P Shi Stability of a class of switched positive linear time-delay
systems Int J Robust Nonlinear Control 23(5) (2013) pp 578-589
[23] X Liu C Dang Stability analysis of positive switched linear systems with delays IEEE
Trans Autom Control 56(7) (2011) pp 1684-1690
[24] E Fornasini M Valcher Stability and stabilizability of special classes of discrete-time
positive switched systems in Proc Am Control Conf San Francisco USA (2011) pp
2619-2624
[25] L Gurvits R Shorten O Mason On the stability of switched positive liner systems IEEE
Trans Autom Control 52(6) (2007) pp 1009-1103
[26] F Knorn O Mason R Shorten On linear co-positive Lyapunov functions for sets of linear
positive systems Automatica 45(8) (2009) pp 1943-1947
[27] X Liu Stability analysis of switched positive systems a switched linear co-positive
Lyapunov function method IEEE Trans Circuits Syst II 56(5) (2009) pp 414-418
[28] X Lin H Du and S Li Finite-time boundedness and L2-gain analysis for switched delay
systems with norm-bounded disturbance Appl Math Comp 217(12) (2011) pp 5982-
5993
[29] L Weiss and E F Infante Finite-time stability under perturbing forces and on product spaces
IEEE Trans Autom Control 12(1) (1967) pp 54-59
[30] A N Michel and S H Wu Stability of discrete systems over a finite interval of time Int J
20
Control 9(6) (1969) pp 679-693
[31] P Dorato Short time stability in linear time-varying systems in Proc IRE Int Conv Record
New York (1961) pp 83-87
[32] Z Xiang Y Sun M S Mahmoud Robust finite-time Hinfin control for a class of uncertain
switched neutral systems Commun Nonlinear Sci Numer Simulat 17(2012) pp
1766-1778
[33] W Xiang and J Xiao Hinfin finite-time control for switched nonlinear discrete-time systems
with norm-bounded disturbance J Franklin Institute 348(2) (2010) pp 331-352
[34] H Du X Lin and S Li Finite-time stability and stabilization of switched linear systems
Joint 48th IEEE Conf Dec Control and 28th Chinese Control Conf Shanghai (2009) pp
1938-1943
[35] H Liu Y Shen Hinfin finite-time control for switched linear systems with time-varying delay
Intel Control Auto 2(3) (2011) pp 203-213
[36] Y Shen H Liu Finite-time stabilization of switched time-delay system via dynamic output
feedback control Mechanical Engin Tech AISC 125 (2012) pp 523-528
[37] G Chen and Y Yang Finite-time stabilization of switched positive linear systems Int J
Robust Nonlinear Control (2012) DOI 101002rnc2870
[38] L Hetel J Daafouz C Iung Stability analysis for discrete time switched systems with
temporary uncertain switching signal in Proc 46th IEEE Conf Dec Control New Orleans
LA (2007) pp 5623-5628
[39] P Li J Lam and Z Shu Hinfin positive filtering for positive linear discrete-time systems an
augmentation approach IEEE Trans Autom Control 55(10) (2010) pp 2337-2342
21
[40] M S Mahmoud and P Shi Asynchronous Hinfin filtering of discrete-time systems Signal
Process 92(10) (2012) pp 2356-2364
1
Finite-time L1 control for positive switched linear
systems with time-varying delay
Mei XIANG Zhengrong XIANG
School of Automation Nanjing University of Science and Technology
Nanjing 210094 Peoplersquos Republic of China
Corresponding author e-mail xiangzrmailnjusteducn
Highlights
1 Some sufficient conditions for the existence of finite-time boundedness for
positive switched linear systems with time-varying delay are proposed
2 1L performance analysis for positive switched linear systems is investigated
via the average dwell time approach
3 A state memory feedback controller is designed to stabilize the time-delay
positive switched system such that the corresponding closed-loop system is
1L finite-time bounded
17
(Gilberts syndrome) Am J Med 49(3) (1970) pp 296-305
[2] E R Carson C Cobelli and L Finkelstein Modeling and identification of metabolic
systems Am J Physiol 240(3) (1981) pp R120-R129
[3] H Caswell Matrix Population Models Construction Analysis and Interpretation
Sunderland MA Sinauer Assoc (2001)
[4] L Caccetta L R Foulds and V G Rumchev A positive linear discrete-time model of
capacity planning and its controllability properties Math Comput Model 40(1-2) (2004)
pp 217-226
[5] R Shorten D Leith J Foy and R Kilduff Analysis and design of AIMD congestion control
algorithms in communication networks Automatica 41(4) (2005) pp 725-730
[6] R Shorten F Wirth and D Leith A positive systems model of TCP-like congestion control
Asymptotic results IEEEACM Trans Netw 14(3) (2006) pp 616-629
[7] R Shorten D Leith J Foy and R Kilduff Towards an analysis and design framework for
congestion control in communication networks in Proc 12th Yale Workshop Adapt Learn
Syst (2003)
[8] A Jadbabaie J Lin and A S Morse Coordination of groups of mobile autonomous agents
using nearest neighbor rules IEEE Trans Autom Control 48(6) (2003) pp 988-1001
[9] T Kaczorek The choice of the forms of Lyapunov functions for a positive 2D Roesser model
Int J Applied Math Comp Sci 17(4) (2007) pp 471-475
[10] L Benvenuti A D Santis and L Farina Positive systems Lecture Notes in Control and
Information Sciences Berlin Germany Springer-Verlag (2003)
[11] T Kaczorek A realization problem for positive continuous-time systems with reduced
18
numbers of delays Int J Applied Math Comp Sci 16(3) (2006) pp 325-331
[12] M Rami F Tadeo A Benzaouia Control of constrained positive discrete systems in Proc
Am Control Conf New York USA (2007) pp 5851-5856
[13] M Rami F Tadeo Positive observation problem for linear discrete positive systems in Proc
45th IEEE Conf Dec Control San Diego USA (2006) pp 4729-4733
[14] H R Karimi H Gao New delay-dependent exponential Hinfin synchronization for uncertain
neural networks with mixed time delays IEEE Trans Syst Man Cybern B Cybern 40(1)
(2010) pp 173-185
[15] X Liu Constrained control of positive systems with delays IEEE Trans Autom Control
54(7) (2009) pp 1596-1600
[16] X Liu W Yu and L Wang Stability analysis of positive systems with bounded time-varying
delays IEEE Trans Circuits Syst II 56(7) (2009) pp 600-604
[17] Z R Xiang and R H Wang Robust control for uncertain switched non-linear systems with
time delay under asynchronous switching IET Control Theory Appl 3(8) (2009) pp
1041-1050
[18] D Du B Jiang and P Shi Robust l2 - linfin filter for uncertain discrete-time switched
time-delay systems Circuits Syst Signal Process 29(5) (2010) pp 925-940
[19] Y W Wang H O Wang J W Xiao and Z H Guan Synchronization of complex
dynamical networks under recoverable attacks Automatica 46(1) (2010) pp 197-203
[20] Y W Wang T Bian J W Xiao and Y Huang Robust synchronization of complex switched
networks with parametric uncertainties and two types of delays Int J Robust Nonlinear
Control 23(2) (2013) pp 190-207
19
[21] M Tang Y W Wang C Wen Improved delay-range-dependent stability criteria for linear
systems with interval time-varying delays IET Control Theory Appl 6(6) (2012) pp
868-873
[22] X Zhao L Zhang and P Shi Stability of a class of switched positive linear time-delay
systems Int J Robust Nonlinear Control 23(5) (2013) pp 578-589
[23] X Liu C Dang Stability analysis of positive switched linear systems with delays IEEE
Trans Autom Control 56(7) (2011) pp 1684-1690
[24] E Fornasini M Valcher Stability and stabilizability of special classes of discrete-time
positive switched systems in Proc Am Control Conf San Francisco USA (2011) pp
2619-2624
[25] L Gurvits R Shorten O Mason On the stability of switched positive liner systems IEEE
Trans Autom Control 52(6) (2007) pp 1009-1103
[26] F Knorn O Mason R Shorten On linear co-positive Lyapunov functions for sets of linear
positive systems Automatica 45(8) (2009) pp 1943-1947
[27] X Liu Stability analysis of switched positive systems a switched linear co-positive
Lyapunov function method IEEE Trans Circuits Syst II 56(5) (2009) pp 414-418
[28] X Lin H Du and S Li Finite-time boundedness and L2-gain analysis for switched delay
systems with norm-bounded disturbance Appl Math Comp 217(12) (2011) pp 5982-
5993
[29] L Weiss and E F Infante Finite-time stability under perturbing forces and on product spaces
IEEE Trans Autom Control 12(1) (1967) pp 54-59
[30] A N Michel and S H Wu Stability of discrete systems over a finite interval of time Int J
20
Control 9(6) (1969) pp 679-693
[31] P Dorato Short time stability in linear time-varying systems in Proc IRE Int Conv Record
New York (1961) pp 83-87
[32] Z Xiang Y Sun M S Mahmoud Robust finite-time Hinfin control for a class of uncertain
switched neutral systems Commun Nonlinear Sci Numer Simulat 17(2012) pp
1766-1778
[33] W Xiang and J Xiao Hinfin finite-time control for switched nonlinear discrete-time systems
with norm-bounded disturbance J Franklin Institute 348(2) (2010) pp 331-352
[34] H Du X Lin and S Li Finite-time stability and stabilization of switched linear systems
Joint 48th IEEE Conf Dec Control and 28th Chinese Control Conf Shanghai (2009) pp
1938-1943
[35] H Liu Y Shen Hinfin finite-time control for switched linear systems with time-varying delay
Intel Control Auto 2(3) (2011) pp 203-213
[36] Y Shen H Liu Finite-time stabilization of switched time-delay system via dynamic output
feedback control Mechanical Engin Tech AISC 125 (2012) pp 523-528
[37] G Chen and Y Yang Finite-time stabilization of switched positive linear systems Int J
Robust Nonlinear Control (2012) DOI 101002rnc2870
[38] L Hetel J Daafouz C Iung Stability analysis for discrete time switched systems with
temporary uncertain switching signal in Proc 46th IEEE Conf Dec Control New Orleans
LA (2007) pp 5623-5628
[39] P Li J Lam and Z Shu Hinfin positive filtering for positive linear discrete-time systems an
augmentation approach IEEE Trans Autom Control 55(10) (2010) pp 2337-2342
21
[40] M S Mahmoud and P Shi Asynchronous Hinfin filtering of discrete-time systems Signal
Process 92(10) (2012) pp 2356-2364
1
Finite-time L1 control for positive switched linear
systems with time-varying delay
Mei XIANG Zhengrong XIANG
School of Automation Nanjing University of Science and Technology
Nanjing 210094 Peoplersquos Republic of China
Corresponding author e-mail xiangzrmailnjusteducn
Highlights
1 Some sufficient conditions for the existence of finite-time boundedness for
positive switched linear systems with time-varying delay are proposed
2 1L performance analysis for positive switched linear systems is investigated
via the average dwell time approach
3 A state memory feedback controller is designed to stabilize the time-delay
positive switched system such that the corresponding closed-loop system is
1L finite-time bounded
18
numbers of delays Int J Applied Math Comp Sci 16(3) (2006) pp 325-331
[12] M Rami F Tadeo A Benzaouia Control of constrained positive discrete systems in Proc
Am Control Conf New York USA (2007) pp 5851-5856
[13] M Rami F Tadeo Positive observation problem for linear discrete positive systems in Proc
45th IEEE Conf Dec Control San Diego USA (2006) pp 4729-4733
[14] H R Karimi H Gao New delay-dependent exponential Hinfin synchronization for uncertain
neural networks with mixed time delays IEEE Trans Syst Man Cybern B Cybern 40(1)
(2010) pp 173-185
[15] X Liu Constrained control of positive systems with delays IEEE Trans Autom Control
54(7) (2009) pp 1596-1600
[16] X Liu W Yu and L Wang Stability analysis of positive systems with bounded time-varying
delays IEEE Trans Circuits Syst II 56(7) (2009) pp 600-604
[17] Z R Xiang and R H Wang Robust control for uncertain switched non-linear systems with
time delay under asynchronous switching IET Control Theory Appl 3(8) (2009) pp
1041-1050
[18] D Du B Jiang and P Shi Robust l2 - linfin filter for uncertain discrete-time switched
time-delay systems Circuits Syst Signal Process 29(5) (2010) pp 925-940
[19] Y W Wang H O Wang J W Xiao and Z H Guan Synchronization of complex
dynamical networks under recoverable attacks Automatica 46(1) (2010) pp 197-203
[20] Y W Wang T Bian J W Xiao and Y Huang Robust synchronization of complex switched
networks with parametric uncertainties and two types of delays Int J Robust Nonlinear
Control 23(2) (2013) pp 190-207
19
[21] M Tang Y W Wang C Wen Improved delay-range-dependent stability criteria for linear
systems with interval time-varying delays IET Control Theory Appl 6(6) (2012) pp
868-873
[22] X Zhao L Zhang and P Shi Stability of a class of switched positive linear time-delay
systems Int J Robust Nonlinear Control 23(5) (2013) pp 578-589
[23] X Liu C Dang Stability analysis of positive switched linear systems with delays IEEE
Trans Autom Control 56(7) (2011) pp 1684-1690
[24] E Fornasini M Valcher Stability and stabilizability of special classes of discrete-time
positive switched systems in Proc Am Control Conf San Francisco USA (2011) pp
2619-2624
[25] L Gurvits R Shorten O Mason On the stability of switched positive liner systems IEEE
Trans Autom Control 52(6) (2007) pp 1009-1103
[26] F Knorn O Mason R Shorten On linear co-positive Lyapunov functions for sets of linear
positive systems Automatica 45(8) (2009) pp 1943-1947
[27] X Liu Stability analysis of switched positive systems a switched linear co-positive
Lyapunov function method IEEE Trans Circuits Syst II 56(5) (2009) pp 414-418
[28] X Lin H Du and S Li Finite-time boundedness and L2-gain analysis for switched delay
systems with norm-bounded disturbance Appl Math Comp 217(12) (2011) pp 5982-
5993
[29] L Weiss and E F Infante Finite-time stability under perturbing forces and on product spaces
IEEE Trans Autom Control 12(1) (1967) pp 54-59
[30] A N Michel and S H Wu Stability of discrete systems over a finite interval of time Int J
20
Control 9(6) (1969) pp 679-693
[31] P Dorato Short time stability in linear time-varying systems in Proc IRE Int Conv Record
New York (1961) pp 83-87
[32] Z Xiang Y Sun M S Mahmoud Robust finite-time Hinfin control for a class of uncertain
switched neutral systems Commun Nonlinear Sci Numer Simulat 17(2012) pp
1766-1778
[33] W Xiang and J Xiao Hinfin finite-time control for switched nonlinear discrete-time systems
with norm-bounded disturbance J Franklin Institute 348(2) (2010) pp 331-352
[34] H Du X Lin and S Li Finite-time stability and stabilization of switched linear systems
Joint 48th IEEE Conf Dec Control and 28th Chinese Control Conf Shanghai (2009) pp
1938-1943
[35] H Liu Y Shen Hinfin finite-time control for switched linear systems with time-varying delay
Intel Control Auto 2(3) (2011) pp 203-213
[36] Y Shen H Liu Finite-time stabilization of switched time-delay system via dynamic output
feedback control Mechanical Engin Tech AISC 125 (2012) pp 523-528
[37] G Chen and Y Yang Finite-time stabilization of switched positive linear systems Int J
Robust Nonlinear Control (2012) DOI 101002rnc2870
[38] L Hetel J Daafouz C Iung Stability analysis for discrete time switched systems with
temporary uncertain switching signal in Proc 46th IEEE Conf Dec Control New Orleans
LA (2007) pp 5623-5628
[39] P Li J Lam and Z Shu Hinfin positive filtering for positive linear discrete-time systems an
augmentation approach IEEE Trans Autom Control 55(10) (2010) pp 2337-2342
21
[40] M S Mahmoud and P Shi Asynchronous Hinfin filtering of discrete-time systems Signal
Process 92(10) (2012) pp 2356-2364
1
Finite-time L1 control for positive switched linear
systems with time-varying delay
Mei XIANG Zhengrong XIANG
School of Automation Nanjing University of Science and Technology
Nanjing 210094 Peoplersquos Republic of China
Corresponding author e-mail xiangzrmailnjusteducn
Highlights
1 Some sufficient conditions for the existence of finite-time boundedness for
positive switched linear systems with time-varying delay are proposed
2 1L performance analysis for positive switched linear systems is investigated
via the average dwell time approach
3 A state memory feedback controller is designed to stabilize the time-delay
positive switched system such that the corresponding closed-loop system is
1L finite-time bounded
19
[21] M Tang Y W Wang C Wen Improved delay-range-dependent stability criteria for linear
systems with interval time-varying delays IET Control Theory Appl 6(6) (2012) pp
868-873
[22] X Zhao L Zhang and P Shi Stability of a class of switched positive linear time-delay
systems Int J Robust Nonlinear Control 23(5) (2013) pp 578-589
[23] X Liu C Dang Stability analysis of positive switched linear systems with delays IEEE
Trans Autom Control 56(7) (2011) pp 1684-1690
[24] E Fornasini M Valcher Stability and stabilizability of special classes of discrete-time
positive switched systems in Proc Am Control Conf San Francisco USA (2011) pp
2619-2624
[25] L Gurvits R Shorten O Mason On the stability of switched positive liner systems IEEE
Trans Autom Control 52(6) (2007) pp 1009-1103
[26] F Knorn O Mason R Shorten On linear co-positive Lyapunov functions for sets of linear
positive systems Automatica 45(8) (2009) pp 1943-1947
[27] X Liu Stability analysis of switched positive systems a switched linear co-positive
Lyapunov function method IEEE Trans Circuits Syst II 56(5) (2009) pp 414-418
[28] X Lin H Du and S Li Finite-time boundedness and L2-gain analysis for switched delay
systems with norm-bounded disturbance Appl Math Comp 217(12) (2011) pp 5982-
5993
[29] L Weiss and E F Infante Finite-time stability under perturbing forces and on product spaces
IEEE Trans Autom Control 12(1) (1967) pp 54-59
[30] A N Michel and S H Wu Stability of discrete systems over a finite interval of time Int J
20
Control 9(6) (1969) pp 679-693
[31] P Dorato Short time stability in linear time-varying systems in Proc IRE Int Conv Record
New York (1961) pp 83-87
[32] Z Xiang Y Sun M S Mahmoud Robust finite-time Hinfin control for a class of uncertain
switched neutral systems Commun Nonlinear Sci Numer Simulat 17(2012) pp
1766-1778
[33] W Xiang and J Xiao Hinfin finite-time control for switched nonlinear discrete-time systems
with norm-bounded disturbance J Franklin Institute 348(2) (2010) pp 331-352
[34] H Du X Lin and S Li Finite-time stability and stabilization of switched linear systems
Joint 48th IEEE Conf Dec Control and 28th Chinese Control Conf Shanghai (2009) pp
1938-1943
[35] H Liu Y Shen Hinfin finite-time control for switched linear systems with time-varying delay
Intel Control Auto 2(3) (2011) pp 203-213
[36] Y Shen H Liu Finite-time stabilization of switched time-delay system via dynamic output
feedback control Mechanical Engin Tech AISC 125 (2012) pp 523-528
[37] G Chen and Y Yang Finite-time stabilization of switched positive linear systems Int J
Robust Nonlinear Control (2012) DOI 101002rnc2870
[38] L Hetel J Daafouz C Iung Stability analysis for discrete time switched systems with
temporary uncertain switching signal in Proc 46th IEEE Conf Dec Control New Orleans
LA (2007) pp 5623-5628
[39] P Li J Lam and Z Shu Hinfin positive filtering for positive linear discrete-time systems an
augmentation approach IEEE Trans Autom Control 55(10) (2010) pp 2337-2342
21
[40] M S Mahmoud and P Shi Asynchronous Hinfin filtering of discrete-time systems Signal
Process 92(10) (2012) pp 2356-2364
1
Finite-time L1 control for positive switched linear
systems with time-varying delay
Mei XIANG Zhengrong XIANG
School of Automation Nanjing University of Science and Technology
Nanjing 210094 Peoplersquos Republic of China
Corresponding author e-mail xiangzrmailnjusteducn
Highlights
1 Some sufficient conditions for the existence of finite-time boundedness for
positive switched linear systems with time-varying delay are proposed
2 1L performance analysis for positive switched linear systems is investigated
via the average dwell time approach
3 A state memory feedback controller is designed to stabilize the time-delay
positive switched system such that the corresponding closed-loop system is
1L finite-time bounded
20
Control 9(6) (1969) pp 679-693
[31] P Dorato Short time stability in linear time-varying systems in Proc IRE Int Conv Record
New York (1961) pp 83-87
[32] Z Xiang Y Sun M S Mahmoud Robust finite-time Hinfin control for a class of uncertain
switched neutral systems Commun Nonlinear Sci Numer Simulat 17(2012) pp
1766-1778
[33] W Xiang and J Xiao Hinfin finite-time control for switched nonlinear discrete-time systems
with norm-bounded disturbance J Franklin Institute 348(2) (2010) pp 331-352
[34] H Du X Lin and S Li Finite-time stability and stabilization of switched linear systems
Joint 48th IEEE Conf Dec Control and 28th Chinese Control Conf Shanghai (2009) pp
1938-1943
[35] H Liu Y Shen Hinfin finite-time control for switched linear systems with time-varying delay
Intel Control Auto 2(3) (2011) pp 203-213
[36] Y Shen H Liu Finite-time stabilization of switched time-delay system via dynamic output
feedback control Mechanical Engin Tech AISC 125 (2012) pp 523-528
[37] G Chen and Y Yang Finite-time stabilization of switched positive linear systems Int J
Robust Nonlinear Control (2012) DOI 101002rnc2870
[38] L Hetel J Daafouz C Iung Stability analysis for discrete time switched systems with
temporary uncertain switching signal in Proc 46th IEEE Conf Dec Control New Orleans
LA (2007) pp 5623-5628
[39] P Li J Lam and Z Shu Hinfin positive filtering for positive linear discrete-time systems an
augmentation approach IEEE Trans Autom Control 55(10) (2010) pp 2337-2342
21
[40] M S Mahmoud and P Shi Asynchronous Hinfin filtering of discrete-time systems Signal
Process 92(10) (2012) pp 2356-2364
1
Finite-time L1 control for positive switched linear
systems with time-varying delay
Mei XIANG Zhengrong XIANG
School of Automation Nanjing University of Science and Technology
Nanjing 210094 Peoplersquos Republic of China
Corresponding author e-mail xiangzrmailnjusteducn
Highlights
1 Some sufficient conditions for the existence of finite-time boundedness for
positive switched linear systems with time-varying delay are proposed
2 1L performance analysis for positive switched linear systems is investigated
via the average dwell time approach
3 A state memory feedback controller is designed to stabilize the time-delay
positive switched system such that the corresponding closed-loop system is
1L finite-time bounded
21
[40] M S Mahmoud and P Shi Asynchronous Hinfin filtering of discrete-time systems Signal
Process 92(10) (2012) pp 2356-2364
1
Finite-time L1 control for positive switched linear
systems with time-varying delay
Mei XIANG Zhengrong XIANG
School of Automation Nanjing University of Science and Technology
Nanjing 210094 Peoplersquos Republic of China
Corresponding author e-mail xiangzrmailnjusteducn
Highlights
1 Some sufficient conditions for the existence of finite-time boundedness for
positive switched linear systems with time-varying delay are proposed
2 1L performance analysis for positive switched linear systems is investigated
via the average dwell time approach
3 A state memory feedback controller is designed to stabilize the time-delay
positive switched system such that the corresponding closed-loop system is
1L finite-time bounded
1
Finite-time L1 control for positive switched linear
systems with time-varying delay
Mei XIANG Zhengrong XIANG
School of Automation Nanjing University of Science and Technology
Nanjing 210094 Peoplersquos Republic of China
Corresponding author e-mail xiangzrmailnjusteducn
Highlights
1 Some sufficient conditions for the existence of finite-time boundedness for
positive switched linear systems with time-varying delay are proposed
2 1L performance analysis for positive switched linear systems is investigated
via the average dwell time approach
3 A state memory feedback controller is designed to stabilize the time-delay
positive switched system such that the corresponding closed-loop system is
1L finite-time bounded